Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Aker

Aker

aker · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker aker
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Aker
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2013 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Akers Biosciences develops, manufactures, and supplies rapid, point of care 
screening and testing products designed to bring healthcare information both 
rapidly and directly to the consumer or healthcare provider. The Company has 
advanced the science of diagnostics while responding to major shifts in healthcare 
through the development of several proprietary platform technologies. The 
Company's state-of-the-art rapid diagnostic assays can be performed virtually 
anywhere in minutes when time is of the essence. The Company has aligned with 
major healthcare companies and high volume medical products distributors to 
maximize product offerings, and to be a major worldwide competitor in 
diagnostics. Additional information on the Company and its products can be found 
at www.akersbiosciences.com. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summaries 
Operational Summary  
  February 2013: ABI's proprietary disposable breath alcohol detectors were granted NF Marque ("NF 
Mark") status  enabling the  breathalysers  to  be  marketed  and  sold  to  consumers  in  and  around 
France under the brand name CHUBE by ABI's UK based partner (en)10 

  June 2013: Signed amended License and Supply Agreement with Chubeworkx and (en)10 to expand 
marketing  and  distribution  of  Chubeworkx  "BE  CHUBE"  breath  alcohol  program  worldwide  using 
ABI-manufactured breathalysers  

  June  2013:  Chubeworkx  purchased  512,820  shares  of  common  stock  in  ABI  for  an  aggregate $1.6 

million  

  August 2013: ABI announced that it was seeking a listing of the Company's shares on The NASDAQ 
Capital  Market to raise  additional  capital  via  a  registered  public  offering  of  approximately $15 
million of its common stock (see Post Year-End Developments) 

  December  2013:  ABI  raised  gross  proceeds  of £490,510 (approximately $800,000)  via  a  private 

placement to institutional and other investors in the UK 

Financial Summary 
  2013 revenues increased by 129% to $3.6 million (2012: $1.6 million) 

  Gross Profit Margin: 47% (2012: 36%) 

  Net Loss After Tax Benefit reduced to $1.5 million (2012 loss: $2.6 million) 

  EBITDA: loss $1.2 million (2012 loss: $2.4 million) 

  Basic & diluted loss per share reduced to $0.96 (2012: $2.24) 

  Inventory at year end: $1.03 million (2012: $988,000) 

  Company is debt free 

Post Year-End Developments 
  January  2014:  Successfully  completed  an  initial  public  offering  of  the  Company's  stock  on  The 
NASDAQ  Capital Market,  raising  approximately $15  million in  gross  proceeds in  a  fully  subscribed 
offering.  Net  proceeds  are  being  used  for  general  corporate  purposes  including  working  capital, 
product  development  and  fulfillment,  marketing  activities,  expansion  of  internal  sales  organization, 
further  development  of  sales  channels,  and  other  capital  expenditures.   By  achieving  this  financial 
stability, the Company can now focus entirely on the execution of its business plan.  

  March  2014:  ABI  announced  that Raymond  F.  Akers,  Jr. PhD,  the  Company's  co-founder  and 
Executive Chairman of the Board, would assume the duties of President and CEO effective 28 March 
2014, positions previously been held by Thomas A. Nicolette;  Mr. Nicolette stepped down from the 
Company's Board of Directors on 28 March 2014. 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  March 2014: ABI announced the appointment of recognized diagnostic industry sales and marketing 

expert, Edwin C. Hendrick, as the Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing. 

  April 2014: The Company began clinical trials in the  USA for its PIFA PLUSS® Chlamydia Assay, 
the  world's  first  rapid  test  for  Chlamydia  diagnosis  using  a  finger  stick  blood  sample.    Regulatory 
approvals will be sought in many countries after conclusion of the studies. 

  May 2014: ABI announced a distribution agreement with Thirty Six Strategies General Trading LLC 
("36S"),  for  the  sale  of  the  Company's  PIFA  PLUSS®  Infectious  Disease  Rapid  Assay  product  line 
and Tri-Cholesterol "Check" in Australia, Singapore, the United Arab Emirates and Oman.  The three 
year exclusive agreement is subject to performance minimum purchase requirements.  

  May  2014:    The  Company  forged  an  agreement  with  Jai  Capital  LLC  (“Jai”),  a  Nevada  company 
specializing  in  market  development,  distribution,  and  joint  ventures  of  medical  devices  in  India,  to 
market  several  of  the  Company's  rapid  tests.    Jai  is  expected  to  immediately  begin  marketing  the 
Company's tests to the Indian military and to potential Indian diagnostic partners. 

  June  2014:    ABI  commenced  a  US  sales  and  distribution  relationship  with  Typenex  Medical,  LLC 
("Typenex")  of  Chicago,  Illinois  to  accelerate  sales  of  its  two  signature  PIFA®  Heparin  Tests  to 
hospitals.  Typenex will act as ABI's sales agents marketing directly to potential PIFA® Heparin Test 
customers thereby increasing the Company's potential distribution network.  

  June 2014: The Company announced a distribution agreement for the Company's PIFA Heparin/PF4 
and PIFA PLUSS PF4 rapid tests with Medline Industries Inc. ("Medline"), the largest privately held 
distributor of healthcare supplies in the United States.  Medline, which has a network of 40 distribution 
centers in the United States and 1,200 dedicated sales representatives worldwide, is expected to begin 
marketing the Company's tests to a large network of hospitals and surgery centers across the United 
States immediately 

  As  previously  announced  on 15  November  2013,  since  the  Company's  listing  on  The NASDAQ 
Capital  Market,  it  is  stating  its  final  results  in  US  GAAP.  Accordingly,  these  results  include  a 
comparison table to show the effects of the change from IFRS to US GAAP. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement 
The annual financial results for the Company, in US Dollars, for the year ended 31 December 2013 are 
presented  within.  As  noted  in  the  2012  Annual  Report  and  Accounts,  the  Board  anticipated  significant 
improvements  in  2013.  ABI  is  pleased  to  report  that  revenues  for  the  year  ended 31  December 
2013totaled $3,577,851 - a 129% increase over the same period in 2012.  Licensing revenues increased by 
1,820%  and  product  revenues  improved  by  98%.  Gross  profit  margin  improved  to  47%  from  36%  in 
2012. 

The significant increase in MPC product revenues is attributed to our world-wide distribution agreement 
with  Chubeworkx.  During  the  year  ended 31  December  2013,  Chubeworkx's  CHUBE-branded  product 
accounted  for $1,719,340 of  our  MPC  product  revenue  and  an  additional $333,333 in  licensing 
fees.   Additional  breath  alcohol  detector  revenue  was  achieved  through  sales  of   ABI's  BreathScan 
disposable detectors and US private-labeled versions, mostly within the human resources ("HR") testing 
sector  related  to  on-the-job  safety.  Growth  in  ABI's  breath  alcohol  detection  business  has  and  will 
continue to be achieved through a shift in strategic focus to the broader consumer-based wellness market, 
especially  through  the  Company's  global  partnership  with  Chubeworkx.  Their  "BE  CHUBE"  program 
aggressively  pursues  a  much  larger  target  audience  for  breathalysers  through  branding  and  innovative 
social media campaigns that support responsible alcohol consumption.  

The  CHUBE  .05%  detector  is  the  only  US-manufactured  single-use  breathalyser  to  have  US  FDA-
clearance,  the  NF  Mark  granted  by  France's  national  reference  laboratory,  Laboratoire  National  de 
Métrologie  et  d'Essais  ("LNE"),  and  certification  through  the  Australian  AS-3547  standard;  only  three 
non-US manufactured-breathalysers hold these same designations. In March 2013, a 2012 law took effect 
in France mandating that motorists traveling throughout France equip their vehicles with two NF Marked 
breath alcohol detectors; while in Australia, since 2010, police have full authority to pull drivers over at 
any  time  to  administer  a  breath  alcohol  test  irrespective  of  driving  behavior.   CHUBE's  European  and 
Australian  campaigns  have  continued  to  drive  production  demand  for  the  Company's  breathalysers  in 
2014, and the imminent launch of the "BE CHUBE" program in the US - an initiative that the Company 
will be instrumental in facilitating - is expected to maintain product volume requirements in the current 
fiscal year.  

In addition to breath alcohol detectors, the Company's MPC Biosensor technology forms the basis of two 
products  within  the  broad  and  emerging  multi-billion  dollar  wellness  product  category;  these  offerings 
had a soft launch in 2013 and did not make significant contributions to revenue. Since biomarkers related 
to  various  metabolic  processes  can  be  measured  in  breath  condensate,  ABI  has  applied  its  proprietary, 
easy-to-use platform for the non-invasive measurement of ketone production that is related to fat-burning 
(METRON)  and  oxidative stress levels  indicative  of cellular  damage,  found  by  scientists  to  be  directly 
correlated to the aging process and many serious and life-threatening illnesses, including cancer, diabetes 
and cardiovascular disease (VIVO).  The Company is currently marketing the products direct to end-users 
and is assessing distribution opportunities with network marketing companies in the health and wellness 
arena. 

to  American  hospitals 

The  Company's  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  and  PIFA  PLUSS  PF4  screening  tests  are  the  only FDA-cleared, 
single-use  assays  available 
to  help  quickly  rule-out  Heparin-Induced 
Thrombocytopenia ("HIT"), a life- and limb-threatening complication of treatment with the blood thinner 
Heparin,  especially  in  cardiac  surgery  patients.  In  late  2012,  the  Company's  dedicated  technical  sales 
account executives began moving away from a direct selling model to one that works in tandem with over 
300  sales  representatives  of  ABI's  US  distribution  partners, Cardinal  Health ("Cardinal")  and Fisher 
HealthCare ("Fisher").   This  strategy  allows  ABI  to  have  immediate  access  to  key  laboratory  and 
pathology  decision  makers  in  the  majority  of  American  cardiac  hospitals  and  trauma  centres.  This 
reorganization  and  the  need  to  build  relationships  with  distributor  representatives  hampered  2013 

 
 
 
domestic  sales  growth  but  set  the  stage  for  an  enhanced  selling  effort  in  2014.  In  addition,  the  PIFA 
PLUSS  PF4  product  line  extension  was  just  added  to  Fisher's  product  roster  in January  2014.  These 
expansion and relationship-building initiatives have already delivered a measureable increase in product 
trials and adoptions in the current fiscal year.  International sales of the PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay, 
especially in China, are expected to ramp up later this year.  The Company's exclusive distributor in the 
region, Novotek  Therapeutics  Inc. ("Novotek"),  a Beijing-based  pharmaceutical  and in  vitro diagnostic 
business development corporation, is working to obtain regulatory clearances to facilitate product sales in 
this  expansive  market.  For  the  current  fiscal  year,  the  Company  is  actively  seeking  distribution 
opportunities in other countries where the availability of rapid HIT-testing options is at a minimum.  To 
facilitate  easier  entry  into  these  and  other  markets,  the  Company  is  pursuing  certification  against  the 
internationally-recognized quality management system standard, ISO 13485.  

Cost  of  sales  for  the  year  ended 31  December  2013 increased  by  90%  to $1,913,844 compared  to  the 
same period in 2012 ($1,007,951). The rise in cost of sales is attributed to the increased consumption of 
raw  materials  and  other  manufacturing  components,  as  well  as  the  use  of  temporary  labor  and  sub-
contractors  primarily  due  to  the  significant  increase  in  breathalyser  production  to  meet  enhanced  sales 
demand. 

Although the total cost of sales increased, ABI's gross profit margin improved significantly to 47% for the 
year  ended  2013  (36%  in  2012).  Although  the  total  cost  of  sales  increased,  ABI's  gross  profit  margin 
improved to 47% for the year ended 2013 as compared to 36% in 2012. The improvement in gross profit 
margin  was  derived  from  a  significant  increase  in  licensing  fees  ($533,333 in  2013  as  compared 
to$27,778 in  2012)  and  an  increase  in  production  volume  which  allowed  us  to  improve  efficiency  by 
producing  materials  in  larger  lots,  reducing  setup,  quality  assurance  testing  and  other  production  costs 
associated with the manufacturing process. 

Sales  and  marketing  expenses  in  the  year  ended 31  December  2013 totaled $684,720,  which  was  a  7% 
increase as compared to $638,732 for the year ended 2012. The increase was the result of the payment of 
royalties related to the improved breathalyser sales.  In addition, general and administrative expenses in 
the  year  ended 31  December  2013 totaled $1,524,626,  which  was  a  2%  increase  as  compared 
to$1,493,707 for  the  year  ended  2012.   Research  and  development  expenses  in  the  year  ended 31 
December  2013 totaled $1,006,800,  which  was  an  11%  increase  as  compared  to $900,380 for  the  year 
ended  2012.  This  increase  was  due  to  expanded  development  of  the  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid  Assay 
products and the METRON single-use ketone test for the health & wellness industries. 

ABI's net loss after tax benefit for 2013 is $1,526,773, which is a 40% improvement over the same period 
last year (2012 loss: $2,557,820). Basic and diluted loss per share, adjusted for the 1-for-156 reverse stock 
split  effected  in November  2013 is $0.96 (2012  loss: $2.24).  The  total  value  of  inventory  held  by  the 
Company at 31 December 2013 was $1,025,104 (2012: $987,853); the increase in comparison to the same 
period in the prior year is due to inventories that have been built-to-order for Chubeworkx pending final 
delivery instructions. Cash at 31 December 2013 was $103,634.  The Company remains debt-free. 

The NASDAQ Capital Market IPO 

On 8  August  2013,  ABI  announced  that  it  was  seeking  a  listing  of  the  Company's  shares  on 
The NASDAQ Capital Market ("NASDAQ") to raise additional capital via a registered public offering of 
approximately $15 million of its common stock. Substantial resources were dedicated in the second half 
of  2013  to  this  event  which  culminated  in  the  closing  of  a  fully  subscribed  offering  on 28  January 
2014 and  the  admission  of  ABI's  shares  to  trading  on  NASDAQ  under  the  symbol  "AKER."  The 
Company  received  approximately $15  million in  gross  proceeds,  before  underwriting  discounts, 
commissions  and  offering  expenses.  The  Company  is  using  the  net  proceeds  for  general  corporate 

 
 
 
  
purposes, including working capital, product development and fulfillment, marketing activities, expansion 
of internal sales organization, further development of sales channels, and other capital expenditures. By 
achieving  this  financial  stability,  the  Company  can  now  focus  entirely  on  the  execution  of  its  business 
plan.  

In anticipation of the NASDAQ IPO, on 3 December 2013 Mr. Thomas J. Knox, shareholder and member 
of the ABI Board, converted all 10,000,000 shares of his Series A Preferred Stock into 261,997 shares of 
common stock pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock. 

On 22 November 2013 the Company effected a 1-for-156 reverse stock split. 

Outlook 

As a result of improved revenue performance in 2013 and the successful NASDAQ IPO that was 
announced  on 23  January  2014,  the  Company has  financial  stability  and,  with  that,  the 
opportunity  to  exclusively  focus  on  the  execution  of  its  well-defined  business  plan.  This  plan 
involves expanding sales of ABI's PIFA Heparin/PF4 assays by introducing these FDA-cleared, 
rapid tests into various international markets and pursuing a more aggressive stance in the US by 
strengthening  our  selling  network. In  addition,  resources  are  also  being  dedicated  to  a 
comprehensive  US  launch  of  a  number  of  products  derived  from  our  breath  condensate  MPC 
Biosensor technology, namely CHUBE breathalysers, and a growing wellness product roster that 
includes METRON and VIVO.  The next phase of our corporate strategy is also dedicated to the 
rapid  commercialization  of  our  near-term  products  which  include  the  Company's  PIFA-based 
infectious  disease  single-use  Malaria  and  Chlamydia  assays  which  are  in-demand  in  the 
Developing  World.   Finally,  the  Company  will  continue  work  on  its  clinical  development 
program to support the regulatory approval process of two additional MPC Biosensor products, 
Breath  Ketone  "Check"  for  diabetic  screenings  for  ketoacidosis  and  the  Breath  PulmoHealth 
"Check"  suite  of  products  for  Asthma,  Chronic  Obstructive  Pulmonary  Disease  (COPD)  and 
Lung  Cancer.  The  Company  is  optimistic  about  its  prospects  as  it  enters  a  new  phase  in  its 
development, and appreciates the ongoing support of its strategic initiatives by its shareholders.  

/s/ Raymond Akers Jr. 

Raymond F. Akers, Jr. PhD, Executive Chairman of the Board  
26 June 2014 

 
 
 
 
 
Company Information At-A-Glance 

Transfer Agents 
United States  
VStock Transfer, LLC 
77 Spruce Street 
Suite 201 
Cedarhurst, New York  11516 USA 
+1.212.828.8436 
www.VStockTransfer.com 

Auditors 
Morison Cogen LLP 
150 Monument Road 
Suite 500 
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 
19004 USA 
+ 1.267.440.3000 
www.morisoncogen.com 

Attorneys 
Lucosky Brookman 
101 Wood Avenue South 
Woodbridge, New 
Jersey  08830  USA 
+1.732.395.4400 
www.lucbro.com 

United Kingdom 
Capita Registrars 
The Registry 
34 Beckingham Road 
Beckingham, Kent BR3 4TU 
UNITED KINGDOM 
+ 44 (0)208 639 2157 
www.capitaregistrars.com 

Nominated Adviser & Broker 
Daniel Stewart & Company Plc 
Becket House 
36 Old Jewry 
London EC2R 8DD 
UNITED KINGDOM 
+ 44(0) 20 7776 6550 
www.danielstewart.co.uk 

Ticker Symbols 
AKER   NASDAQ Capital 
Market 
AKR     AIM LSE 

Corporate Offices 
201 Grove Road 
Thorofare, New Jersey 08086 
USA 
1.800.451.TEST (8378) 
+ 1 856.848.8698 
www.akersbiosciences.com 
Email: 
info@akersbiosciences.com 

180 Piccadilly 
London, W1J 9HF 
UNITED KINGDOM 
+ 44 (0)20 7917 9476 

Investor Relations 
United States  
RedChip Companies, Inc. 
500 Winderley Place, Ste. 100 
Maitland, Florida  32751 USA 
+1.407.644.4256 
www.redchip.com 

United Kingdom 
Vigo Communications 
One Berkeley Street 
London W1J 8DJ 
UNITED KINGDOM 
+44(0) 20 7016 9570 
www.vigocomms.com 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended: December 31, 2013 

or 

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THESECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

New Jersey 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

(Commission File Number) 

22-2983783 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification 
Number) 

201 Grove Road 
Thorofare, New Jersey USA 08086 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

(856) 848-8698 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, no par value 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 the Securities Act. 
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act. Yes No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the last 90 days. 
Yes No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if 
any,  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to submit and post such files). Yes No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this 
chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy 
or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 
10-K. Yes  No  

1 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, 
or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large Accelerated Filer  

Accelerated Filer  

Non-Accelerated Filer  

Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
Yes  No  

Issuer’s revenues for its most recent fiscal year were approximately $3,600,000. 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on 
June  30,  2013,  based  on  a  closing  price  of  $2.50  was  approximately  $4,479,420.  As  of  March  25,  2014,  the 
registrant had 4,894,837 shares of its common stock, no par value per share, outstanding. 

Documents Incorporated By Reference: None. 

2 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED 
DECEMBER 31, 2013 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I    

Item 1.  Business. 
Item 1A. Risk Factors. 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 
Item 2.  Properties. 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings. 
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures. 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities. 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data. 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results Of Operations. 
Item 7A. Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 
Item 9B. Other Information. 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation. 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 
Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

Page 

4 
22 
42 
42 
42 
43 

43 
44 
45 
52 
52 
52 
52 
53 

53 
59 

64 
65 
66 

67 

3 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Included in this Form 10-K are “forward-looking” statements, as well as historical information. Although we believe 
that  the  expectations  reflected  in  these  forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  the 
expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements will prove to be correct. Our actual results could differ 
materially  from  those  anticipated  in  forward-looking  statements  as  a  result  of  certain  factors,  including  matters 
described  in  the  section  titled  “Risk  Factors.”  Forward-looking  statements  include  those  that  use  forward-looking 
terminology,  such  as  the  words  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “project,”  “plan,” 
“will,” “shall,” “should,” and similar expressions, including when used in the negative. Although we believe that the 
expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable and achievable, these statements involve 
risks  and  uncertainties  and  we  cannot  assure  you  that  actual  results  will  be  consistent  with  these  forward-looking 
statements.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  these  forward-looking  statements,  whether  to  reflect 
events or circumstances after the date initially filed or published, to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or 
otherwise. 

Item 1. Business. 

Overview  

PART I 

Akers Biosciences, Inc. (“ABI,” “we” or the “Company”) develops, manufactures, and supplies rapid, point-of-care 
screening and testing products designed to bring health-related information directly to the patient or clinician in a 
time- and cost-efficient manner. ABI believes it has advanced the science of diagnostics through the development of 
several proprietary platform technologies that provide product development flexibility. 

All of  ABI’s rapid, single-use tests are performed  in vitro (outside the body) and are designed to enhance patient 
well-being  and  reduce  total  outcome  costs  of  healthcare.  The  Company’s  current  product  offerings  and  pipeline 
products  focus  on  delivering  diagnostic  assistance  in  a  wide  variety  of  healthcare  fields/specialties,  including 
cardiology/emergency medicine, metabolism/nutrition, neuropsychiatry, oncology and infectious diseases detection, 
as well as for on- and off-the-job alcohol safety initiatives. 

ABI  believes  that  low-cost,  unit-use  testing  not  only  saves  time  and  money,  but  allows  for  more  frequent,  near-
patient testing which may save lives. We believe that ABI’s FDA-cleared rapid diagnostic tests that help facilitate 
targeted  diagnoses  and  real-time  treatment.  We  also  believe  that  ABI’s  rapid  diagnostic  tests  surpass  most  other 
current diagnostic products with their flexibility, speed, ease-of-use, readability, low cost and accuracy. In minutes, 
detection of disease states and medical conditions can be performed on single-patient specimens, without sacrificing 
accuracy. 

We believe the use of rapid tests, which can be performed at the point-of-care when and where the patient is being 
consulted,  can  result  in  immediate  diagnostic  decisions  and  subsequent  treatment  regimens  and  is  an  important 
development  in  the  practice  of  medicine.  Point-of-care  testing  addresses  today’s  challenges  in  the  healthcare 
industry, such as: 

•  cost pressures/efficiency of healthcare delivery; 

•  need for tools for pharmaceutical companies to monitor side effects of medicines/new agents in development; 

•  need for easy to use, accurate at-home tests for individuals to monitor their personal health and wellness; 

•  need  for  affordable  mass  screening  tests  for  key  infectious  diseases,  cardiac  conditions,  and  metabolic 

markers; and 

•  public health needs in developing countries lacking basic health infrastructure. 

4 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Market Overview 

Worldwide, healthcare professionals use laboratory tests to support their clinical diagnosis and treatment decisions. 
According  to  a  MarketsandMarkets  report,  In-Vitro  Diagnostic  (IVD)  Market  (Applications,  End-users  &  Types) 
Trends  &  Global  Forecasts  (Major  &  Emerging  Markets — G7,  Japan  &  BRIC)  (2011 – 2016),  published  in 
January  2012  (the  “IVD  Market  Report”),  the  use  of  such  tests  continues  to  grow  as  a  result  of  increased  patient 
awareness, patient self-testing, and increasing baby booming population across the  globe. Other  major drivers  for 
the  growth  of  the  in  vitro  diagnostic  (“IVD”)  industry  is  a  rise  in  the  number  of  diseases  like  respiratory  and 
hospital-acquired  infections  and  a  rise  in  the  chronic  diseases  such  as  diabetes,  hypertension,  cardiovascular 
diseases, and cancer. Both an increasing understanding of the molecular processes underlying many disease states 
and  the  opportunity  for  clinicians  to  quickly  incorporate  that  targeted  information  into  treatment  decisions  (e.g. 
companion  testing).  According  to  an  article  published  on  in  vitro  diagnostics  by  Medical  Device  and  Diagnostic 
Industry (“MDDI”) online in March 2013, in the past, the  in vitro diagnostics industry has focused on developing 
tests that require significant time, skill, and often costly, specialized equipment. Patient specimens often had to be 
collected  remotely  and  processed  in  a  central  laboratory  with  test  results  sent  to  a  physician  at  a  later  date.  This 
general protocol is not particularly well-adapted to the practice of medicine in a cost-effective, timely manner. The 
pressures  on  public  health  budgets  and  falling  profits  among  third  party  payors  such  as  insurers,  necessitates  an 
alternative  approach  to  disease  management.  Moreover,  the  implementation  of  “Obamacare”  in  the  United  States 
mandates  that  tens  of  millions  of  additional  people  receive  cost-effective  healthcare.  This  reality  has  changed  the 
American healthcare landscape as evidenced by the steady growth of the retail health clinic and urgent care centers 
market. 

According to the IVD Market Report, outside of the United States, socialized medicine and/or a general atmosphere 
of cost-containment and healthcare efficiency drive the need for diagnostic testing solutions that are fast, affordable, 
accurate,  simple-to-perform  and  help  enable  early  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  medical  conditions  or  provide  an 
assessment of a person’s health status. 

ABI  designed  its  products  based  on  single-use  assay  platforms  with  straightforward  test  procedures  that  can  be 
completed in minutes. In the healthcare setting, the Company’s clinical laboratory products can be utilized near or at 
the  point-of-care  and  do  not require  the  use  of  expensive  equipment  or  a  highly  trained  or  specialized  staff.  As  a 
result, an individual’s current health status can immediately be incorporated into diagnostic and treatment decisions, 
improving the overall efficiency of the healthcare experience in the eyes of the patient, and ultimately the payor. In 
addition, in the developing world, the portability and ease-of-use of such point-of-care tests can serve to drastically 
improve  the  level  of  disease  screening  and  subsequent  patient  care.  We  believe  the  benefits  of  our  technology 
platforms are therefore well-suited to the diagnostic demands of third world countries that seek to deliver modern 
medical  diagnosis  in  the  midst  of  primitive  infrastructures.  In  addition,  some  of  our  products  have  received  FDA 
clearance for over-the-counter use and others that do not fall within the oversight of regulatory authorities have the 
added benefit of being self-tests that deliver personal health information on-demand. ABI believes that the products 
that emerge from ABI’s technology platforms address the needs of the evolving healthcare delivery system that is 
moving patient care closer to or in the home. 

In  a  June  6,  2013  article  “Global  In  Vitro  Diagnostics  Markets  Outpace  Pharma  Industry  Growth”  by  Frost  & 
Sullivan’s estimated the global IVD market was $45 billion, with forecasted revenue expected to reach $64 billion in 
2017. While the U.S. and Western Europe are the largest IVD markets, the Asian-Pacific region and Eastern Europe 
are projected to be the fastest growing by Frost & Sullivan’s. The Company’s main presence is in the United States, 
but  recently  executed  distribution  and  licensing  agreements  have  initiated  ABI’s  strategic  move  to  the  China  and 
European Union marketplaces. 

Strategy 

ABI’s  strategy  is  to  target  carefully  chosen,  high  margin  market  segments  within  the  diagnostics  industry  where 
existing  tests  do  not  effectively  fulfill  clinical  requirements,  or  an  emerging,  unfulfilled  need  has  been  identified. 
The  Company  seeks  to  develop  tests  for  applications  based  on  their  ability  to  compliment  a  particular  treatment, 
lifestyle or testing regimen that requires a time- and cost-efficient diagnostic alternative or solution. ABI utilizes its 
existing platform technologies to internally develop its new products as the Company’s proprietary methods. 

5 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ABI has established and will continue to pursue distribution relationships with high volume, medical and health & 
wellness  product  marketers  to  maximize  its  revenue  potential,  and  to  be  a  worldwide  competitor  in  specialized 
markets within the diagnostics industry. 

ABI  has  developed  and  continues  to  develop  key  strategic  relationships  with  established  companies  with  well-
trained technical sales forces and strong distribution networks in the following key market segments: 

•  Clinical Laboratories; 

•  Physicians’ Office/Retail and Urgent Care Clinics; 

•  Nutraceutical Suppliers; and 

•  Military/Government. 

The  Company  plans  to  target  other  attractive  markets  such  as  aid  organizations  with  purchasing  power  for  rapid 
infectious  disease  tests  and  other  biotechnology  companies  or  pharmaceutical  manufacturers  that  may  require 
companion tests to promote patient compliance with a medication regimen or facilitate initial screenings to qualify 
patients for a particular therapy. 

Technology Overview  

ABI’s  proprietary  platform  technologies  merge  scientific  innovation  with  user-friendly  formats  to  deliver  cost-
effective and time-efficient testing and sample preparation solutions where and when they are needed. 

Testing Platform Technologies  

MPC Biosensor Technology 
MicroParticle  Catalyzed  Biosensor  (“MPC  Biosensor”)  Technology  permits  the  rapid  identification  of  medical 
conditions  through biomarkers in exhaled breath. These products contain  microparticles that change color  when a 
subject has a positive test result. The microparticles are coated with recently discovered agents that both decrease 
the time to result and provide a  more defined color change  when appropriate. MPC Biosensor-based products are 
packaged in small, disposable tubes through which test subjects can easily blow for several seconds. In the United 
States, the MPC Biosensor Technology is protected by two United States patents (7,285,246; 7,837,936), covering 
all  MPC  Biosensor  products  such  as  CHUBE,  VIVO  and  the  “Breath  PulmoHealth  “Check”  suite  of  products. 
Breath Ketone “Check” has one US and three International patent applications pending. In addition, ABI also holds 
three US, three Australian and three European Community Design patents for Color Comparison Card technology 
that users can utilize to interpret detector results. 

Particle ImmunoFiltration Assay (PIFA®) Technology 
PIFA® technology is an accurate, rapid, immunoassay (a procedure for detecting or measuring specific proteins or 
other substances through their properties as antigens or antibodies) method based on the selective filtration of dyed 
microparticles coated with antigen or antibody. The  microparticles are combined with a test sample (whole blood, 
serum, urine or saliva) within a self-contained device. If a patient tests positive for the antibody or antigen, a binding 
event  will  occur  and  the  dyed  microparticles  will  be  trapped  by  a  filter  within  the  device.  As  a  result,  the  test 
window will be void of any color. Conversely, if the patient tests negative, the dyed microparticles will flow freely 
into  the  test  window.  ABI’s  PIFA®  Technology  is  currently  protected  by  two  United  States  patents  (5,565,366; 
5,827,749) covering all PIFA tests such as Heparin, Malaria and Chlamydia. Specific to the PIFA Heparin tests, the 
Company has one international Patent (JP 4,931,821) granted in force, and three patent applications pending (one 
US and two international). 

SMC Technology 
Synthetic Macrocycle Complex (“SMC”) Technology is a colorimetric testing methodology that pairs a proprietary 
reagent  (a  substance  or  mixture  for  use  in  chemical  analysis  or  other  reactions)  with  a  hand-held,  photometric 

6 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
reader that determines the quantitative level of a therapeutic drug in a patient’s blood sample. The technology also 
permits  the  use  of  whole  blood  samples  collected  from  a  simple  finger  stick,  making  products  that  use  this 
technology extremely flexible within the healthcare delivery system. 

Rapid Enzymatic Assay 
Rapid Enzymatic Assay (“REA”) technology enables the rapid detection of metabolites in blood and urine in  assay 
formats  that  are  easy-to-use  and  deliver  quantitative  or  semi-quantitative  results.  Products  that  employ  REA 
technology are primarily intended for pharmaceutical, nutritional and over-the-counter (OTC) markets. ABI has two 
United States patents (8,003,061; 8,425,859) for this technology covering our Tri-Cholesterol “Check”  test, along 
with one US patent application pending. 

minDNATM Technology 
minDNATM  technology  facilitates  the  analysis  of  DNA,  in  one  minute,  by  a  hand-held  photometric  reader.  A 
mixture consisting of a patient’s whole blood specimen and a disposable reagent is exposed to the minDNAnalyzer, 
a digital hand-held reflectance photometer. These assays can be utilized at the point of care setting by non-clinical 
laboratory  personnel  using  finger  stick  blood  samples,  or  in  the  laboratory  using  EDTA  whole  blood  specimens 
obtained through venous blood draws. This technology can be applied to the development of rapid white blood cell 
count and absolute neutrophil count assays that can monitor side effects of certain psychiatric and oncology drugs. 

Sample Preparation Technology  

Rapid Blood Cell Separation Technology 

ABI’s Rapid Blood Cell Separation (“Separator”) Technology, marketed under the brand name seraSTAT®, further 
accelerates  the  rate  at  which  a  test  result  is  obtained  as  the  often-required  sample  preparation  step  is  abbreviated 
drastically.  Conventional  methods  of  blood  cell  separation  are  labor-intensive  and  time-consuming,  typically 
involving  blood  collection  and  laboratory  personnel,  as  well  as  electrically-powered  centrifuges  and  other 
specialized equipment. The disposable Separator device requires only a small-volume blood sample obtained from a 
time- and cost-efficient finger stick procedure or through a venous blood draw. ABI has obtained the appropriate US 
FDA regulatory clearances for seraSTAT® as a stand-alone device and the technology is currently integrated into 
PIFA PLUSS PF4 devices, and will be utilized in the infectious disease products currently under development. The 
seraSTAT®  Rapid  Blood  Cell  Separation  Technology  is  currently  protected  by  two  United  States  patents 
(7,896,167;  8,097,171)  and  one  international  patent  (JP  4,885,134),  with  two  additional  international  patent 
applications pending. 

Product Portfolio  
ABI is positioned as a provider of rapid diagnostic solutions that encompass the totality of the point-of-care testing 
process,  from  sample  preparation  to  immediate  test  result.  In  addition,  we  believe  we  are  a  pioneer  in  disposable 
breath  condensate  technology,  a  testing  format  that  has  significant  potential  given  the  variety  of  wellness-  and 
disease-predicting biomarkers present in an exhaled breath sample. 

At present, ABI’s commercialized and emerging product portfolio incorporate four of the Company’s six proprietary 
platform testing technologies: PIFA®, MPC Biosensor, REA and Rapid Blood Cell Separation Technology. Directly 
below, is a discussion of the products within our current and emerging portfolio that will be segmented by platform. 

ABI  designed  its  products  based  on  single-use  assay  platforms  with  straightforward  test  procedures  that  can  be 
completed  in  minutes.  In  the  U.S.  some  of  the  Company’s  clinical  laboratory  products  and  those  with  medical 
intended uses generally require “prescription use” Federal Drug Administration (“FDA”) 510(k) clearance prior to 
product  marketing  given  that  they  will  be  ordered  or  used  by  medical  practitioners  in  the  course  of  his  or  her 
professional practice. Despite this categorization, ABI’s professional use products are still designed for ease of use, 
can be utilized near or at the point-of-care, and do not require the use of expensive equipment or a highly trained or 
specialized  staff.  As  a  result,  an  individual’s  current  health  status  can  rapidly  be  incorporated  into  diagnostic  and 
treatment  decisions,  improving  the  overall  efficiency  of  the  healthcare  experience  in  the  eyes  of  the  patient,  and 
ultimately the payor. In addition, in the developing world, the portability and ease-of-use of such point-of-care tests 
can serve to drastically improve the level of disease screening and subsequent patient care. We believe the benefits 

7 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of our technology platforms are therefore well-suited to the diagnostic demands of countries in the developing world 
that  seek  to  deliver  modern  medical  diagnosis  in  the  midst  of  primitive  infrastructures.  In  addition,  some  of  our 
products  have  received  FDA  510(k)  clearance  for  over-the-counter  (“OTC”)  use.  Other  self-tests  deliver  personal 
health  information  of  a  non-medical  nature,  on-demand,  and  are  not  FDA  regulated;  these  products  are  still 
manufactured  in  compliance  with  a  quality  management  system  (“QMS-Compliant”).  ABI  believes  that  all  its 
technology  platforms  and  products  address  the  needs  of  the  evolving  healthcare  delivery  system  that  is  moving 
patient care closer to or in the home. 

The following table sets forth our marketed and current pipeline products, indentifies the appropriate “prescription 
use” or “OTC” designation and whether the required clearance has been obtained or is still needed prior to product 
marketing. 

Our marketed and emerging products include: 

Product 
BreathScan®/CHUBETM 

  Platform   Market/Pipeline   
Marketed 
MPC 

Not FDA- 
regulated; 
QMS- 
Compliant 
Only 

FDA 
Clearance 
Required 
Prescription 
Use/OTC    
OTC 

FDA Clearance 
Status 

Obtained 

Obtained/Needed    Description 

BreathScan® PRO 

MPC 

Marketed 

OTC 

Obtained 

Breath Ketone 
“Check”® 

MPC 

Pipeline 

Prescription 
Use 

Needed 

METRON ® 

MPC 

Marketed 

X 

Breath PulmoHealth 
“Check”® 

MPC 

Pipeline 

Prescription 
Use 

Needed 

VIVO 

MPC 

Marketed 

X 

8 

Disposable breath 
alcohol detector 
Quantitative 
breath alcohol 
detection system 
Disposable breath 
ketone device for 
diabetic 
monitoring and 
management of 
senile dementia 
and Alzheimers 
disease patients 
Disposable breath 
ketone device to 
monitor weight 
loss 
A suite of breath 
tests for 
biomarkers 
indicating asthma, 
chronic 
obstructive 
pulmonary 
disease (COPD), 
and lung cancer 
Non-invasive, 
quantitative 
measurement of 
biological 
markers for 
oxidative stress 
that relates to 
cellular damage 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Not 
FDA- 
regulated; 
QMS- 
Compliant  
Only 

FDA 
Clearance 
Required 
Prescription 
Use/OTC    

FDA Clearance 
Status 
Obtained/Needed   

Product 

PIFA® Heparin/PF4 
& 
PIFA PLUSS® PF4 

  Platform   Market/Pipeline   

PIFA 

Marketed 

Prescription 
Use 

Obtained 

PIFA PLUSS® 
Infectious Diseases 

PIFA 

Pipeline 

Prescription 
Use 

Needed 

seraSTAT® 

seraStat 

Marketed 

Prescription 
Use 

Obtained 

Tri-Cholesterol 
“Check”® 

REA 

Marketed 

OTC 

Obtained 

Description 

Rapid tests for 
Heparin/PF4 
antibodies to detect 
an allergy to the 
widely used blood 
thinner, Heparin 

Rapid tests for a 
variety of infectious 
diseases, especially 
those that are 
prevalent outside of 
the United States 

Rapid Blood Cell 
Separator, marketed 
under the brand 
name seraSTAT®, 
further accelerates 
the rate at which a 
test result is 
obtained as the 
often-required 
sample preparation 
step is abbreviated 
drastically. 

Rapid test for Total 
and high density 
lipoprotein 
cholesterol and 
estimates low 
density lipo protein 

MPC Biosensor Technology  
The Company’s MPC Biosensor breath condensate testing platform forms the basis of a number of ABI’s marketed 
and pipeline products. 

Breath Alcohol Franchise 

BreathScan® originated the disposable breath alcohol detector category and was the first single-use breathalyzer to 
obtain the FDA 510(k) clearance in 2006 for Over-the-Counter use required to facilitate sales to US consumers; CE 
certification is not required to market the product in the EU given that BreathScan® results are not used to diagnose 
any  medical  conditions.  However,  Chubeworkx  and  its  indirect  subsidiary  (en)10  Global  Limited  (“en10”),  in 
partnership  with  the  Company,  received  certification  under  the  French  Standard,  NF  X  20-702  which  defines  the 
specifications that chemical breath alcohol detectors must meet in order to be sold to consumers in France. In March 
2013, a 2012 law mandating most motorists driving in France to equip their vehicles with two, “NF-Marked” breath 
alcohol detectors took effect. As a result, the Company’s breathalyzers, under the Chubeworkx private label brand, 
CHUBE, can now be marketed to the approximately 34 million French nationals who own motorized vehicles and a 

9 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
portion of the estimated 81 million foreign visitors entering France annually by automobile. In fact it is estimated 
that at least 1.6 million cars, motorcycles and recreational vehicles are transported on the Eurotunnel train through 
the Channel Tunnel each year between England and France, while more vehicles make the same trip via ferry via the 
English  Channel  waterway.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  breath  alcohol  detector  technology  has  been  granted 
Australian Standard certification trademark, which cleared the commercial pathway for product sales in Australia, 
New Zealand, and South Africa that view certification as a requirement for market entrance through its distribution 
relations with Chubeworkx and en10. Chubeworkx sales and marketing initiatives also currently extend into the UK. 
On June 13, 2013, the Company announced that it was extending the Chubeworkx License and Supply Agreement to 
allow  the  marketing  and  distribution  of  the  “BE  CHUBE”  program  and  its  related  product  in  North  America  to 
facilitate a worldwide sales and marketing initiative. 

The  Company’s  disposable  breath  alcohol  detectors  are  available  in  .02%,  .04%,  .05%  and  .08%  blood  alcohol 
concentrations  (“BACs”)  and  provide  users  with  a  test  result  in  two  minutes.  If  the  crystals  in  the  interior  of  the 
device  change  from  yellow to aqua, the  user  has tested positive  for the specific alcohol level.  Should the crystals 
remain yellow, the result is negative. 
The  Company’s  proprietary  breath  alcohol  detection  technology  is  paired  with  the  quantitative  precision  of  an 
electronic analyzer in the BreathScan® PRO alcohol detection system. As with all BreathScan® products, the test 
subject exhales into a specially calibrated, BreathScan® PRO detector. The testing coordinator then inserts the used 
detector  into  the  BreathScan®  PRO  Digital  Analyzer.  After  two  minutes,  the  Analyzer’s  sophisticated  optics 
calculate  the  subject’s  BAC;  the  detectable  range  spans  from  0.00%  to  1.50%  BAC.  Unlike  other  electronic 
breathalyzers,  BreathScan®  PRO  never  requires  recalibration  so  it  is  in  “ready”  mode  at  all  times.  In  2011,  the 
Company received FDA over-the-counter clearance  for the system, providing a commercialization path in the US 
for  use  by  trained  professionals,  including  those  in  civil  and  military  law  enforcement,  and  the  general  public;  in 
addition, the CE-Mark was affixed to the alcohol detection system for professional use. Unlike the aforementioned 
BreathScan®  disposable  detectors,  BreathScan®  PRO  is  required  to  have  a  CE-Mark  as  the  system  includes  an 
electronic component, namely the digital analyzer. ABI’s distribution relationship with Chubeworkx also is expected 
to encompass a private-labeled version of BreathScan® PRO within its global distribution plan. 

Since  the  appropriate  regulatory  clearances  have  been  obtained  in  the  United  States  and  other  major  markets 
requiring  specific  certifications  for  specific  devices  (i.e.  France  and  Australia  for  the  Company’s  single-use 
detectors for these products), the Company does not anticipate needing to fund additional clinical trials to facilitate 
or initiate product marketing in other international regions thus far. 

Other Emerging MPC Platform Products 

The  Company’s  MPC  Biosensor  technology  is  being  applied  to  the  development  of  products  that  serve  the 
nutraceutical and  weight loss  marketplaces. As a category, these disposable screening tests are exempt from FDA 
510(k)  premarket  clearances.  Biomarkers  related  to  various  metabolic  processes  can  be  measured  in  breath 
condensate.  As  a  result,  ABI  has  used  its  proprietary,  easy-to-use  platform  to  design  disposable  breath  tubes  that 
measure ketone (acid) production associated with fat-burning (METRON®) and oxidative stress levels that relate to 
cellular  damage  and  the  development  of  many  preventable  diseases  (VIVOTM).  Initial  marketing  activities  have 
commenced  for  these  products  and  they  are  heading  toward  full  commercialization;  the  Company  is  currently 
assessing  distribution  opportunities  with  companies  specializing  in  weight  loss  and/or  mass  distribution  through 
health-related multilevel marketing organizations. Since devices with claims related to weight loss or nutrition are 
exempt  from  FDA  oversight,  a  clinical  program  to  support  510(k)  submission  is  not  required  for  either  of  these 
products.  Given  the  non-medical  intended  use,  the  Company  does  not  believe  products  will  be  required  to  hold  a 
CE-mark prior to marketing in the EU. 

ABI  is  continuing  its  clinical  development  of  the  Breath  Ketone  “Check”  disposable  breath  tube  for  two  clinical 
indications:  (i)  the  diagnosis  of  ketoacidosis  in  diabetics,  and  (ii)  the  management  of  senile  dementia  and 
Alzheimer’s disease patients. 

Breath Ketone “Check’ is being designed to provide real-time information that allows diabetics to determine if they 
have a more severe level of ketone (acid) build up in their body that can cause a life-threatening medical emergency 
called ketoacidosis. The estimated 28.5 million Type I (insulin-dependent) diabetics worldwide are at particular risk 
for ketoacidosis and require routine monitoring of their ketone levels. To date the medical industry relies on blood- 

10 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
and  urine-based  ketone  testing  methods,  which  are  invasive  and/or  inconvenient.  Since  breath  and  blood  ketone 
levels  are  closely  correlated,  the  Breath  Ketone  “Check”  is  designed  to  offer  healthcare  professionals  and  their 
patients  a  convenient,  accurate  method,  which  can  be  completed  anytime,  anywhere,  to  quickly  determine  if  an 
individual’s  ketone  level  is  approaching  a  dangerous  threshold  requiring  medical  attention.  Since  this  product 
requires FDA 510(k) clearance, the Company continues to develop its technical file and complete required clinical 
studies to complete the regulatory submission. 

An  additional  clinical  indication  for  the  Breath  Ketone  “Check”  test  is  as  an  aid  in  the  management  of  senile 
dementia and Alzheimer’s disease. There is no known cure for these neurological conditions, which slowly progress 
over  years  to  decrease  cognitive  function.  Moreover,  the  cost  to  the  healthcare  system  to  provide  care  for  these 
patients is significant. However, recent advances in neuroscience indicate that these diseases can be greatly slowed, 
and in some cases the progression can stop, if the patient is maintained in a state of ketosis. Ketosis results from a 
diet  low  in  carbohydrates  that  promotes  the  production  of  ketones  in  the  bloodstream,  and  is  a  milder  form  of 
ketoacidosis. Because these patients are often confused or unreliable, it is important to ensure that they maintain a 
state  of  ketosis  to  keep  the  disease  in  check.  This  can  be  accomplished  through  routine  monitoring  with  Breath 
Ketone “Check”. 

ABI is also putting research and development resources to the development of Breath PulmoHealth “Check” suite of 
assays.  These  disposable  detectors  are  being  designed  to  signal  the  detection  of  various  biomarkers  related  to 
pulmonary  health,  namely  asthma,  chronic  obstructive  pulmonary  disease  (“COPD”)  and  lung  cancer,  through 
convenient, rapid analysis of an individual’s breath sample. ABI has chosen to target this trio of conditions as their 
impact on global health is staggering: 

•  over  300  million  people  worldwide  are  living  with  asthma  and  up  to  18%  of  a  country’s  population  are 

undiagnosed asthmatics; 

•  210 million individuals are being treated for COPD but each of the 1 billion smokers is at risk for the disease; 

and 

•  more  than  1.6  million  people  worldwide  receive  the  diagnosis  of  lung  cancer  annually  with  many  more 

victims expected as 80% of all lung cancers can be attributed to smoking. 

ABI  believes  these  statistics  suggest  that  pulmonary  conditions  are  under-diagnosed  and  under-treated  and  will 
continue to pose a chronic strain on worldwide public health. Currently, diagnostic methods used for the detection of 
lung-related  diseases  and  illnesses  are  often  costly  as  specialized  medical  personnel  must  facilitate  analysis  and 
testing, and radiologic exams or invasive surgical procedures may be required. While ABI does not presume Breath 
PulmoHealth “Check” products to be replacements for such tests in all markets, it does however have ambitions for 
the  devices  to  become  effective,  highly  cost-efficient,  primary  screening  tools.  Their  ease-of-use,  portability  and 
non-invasive nature provide healthcare professionals and public health officials with a testing platform that can be 
deployed  in  high  volume,  and  even  in  regions  of  the  developing  world.  At  present,  the  Company’s  primary 
development efforts are focused on configuring the clinical dossier for the asthma product. 

The Breath Ketone “Check” and the Breath PulmoHealth “Check” suite of products will require the development of 
individual clinical trial programs to facilitate eventual FDA 510(k) submissions. The Company has self-certified an 
earlier version of the Breath Ketone “Check” as being in compliance with CE requirements in the EU, and intends to 
pursue  the  same  designation  for  the  emerging  version,  as  well  as  for  each  product  in  the  Breath  PulmoHealth 
“Check” trio once the appropriate technical file is assembled. 

MPC Biosensor technology is currently protected by two United States patents (7,285,246; 7,837,936). 

PIFA® Technology  

The core products marketed under the PIFA® platform are the PIFA® Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay, PIFA PLUSS® 
PF4, and a variety of rapid Infectious Disease screening tests which target markets in the developing world. 

11 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PIFA® Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay and PIFA PLUSS® PF4 remain the only FDA-cleared rapid manual assays that 
quickly determines if a patient, being treated with the blood thinner Heparin, may be developing a drug allergy. This 
clinical  syndrome,  referred  to  as  Heparin-Induced  Thrombocytopenia  (HIT),  reverses  the  Heparin’s  intended 
therapeutic effect and transforms it into a clotting agent. According to “Current Concepts Review: Heparin-Induced 
Thrombocytopenia”, published by Foot and Ankle International in 2008 (the “HIT Report”), patients with HIT are at 
risk of developing limb- and life-threatening complications, so the timely test result provided by ABI’s Heparin/PF4 
devices, is paramount to effective, clinical decision making. In the US alone, approximately 12 million patients  are 
exposed to Heparin annually and 1% to 5% of those patients receive a HIT diagnosis. The largest at-risk populations 
are  patients undergoing  major cardiac  or orthopedic surgical procedures. It is estimated that up to 50% of cardiac 
surgery  patients  develop  HIT-antibodies.  Given  the  size  of  the  aging  baby  boomer  market  segment  and  the 
prevalence of cardiac disease, surgeries within this category is expected to increase, as would the potential demand 
for the Company’s convenient, rapid tests. 

The PIFA® Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay was fully commercialized in the U.S. in 2008, improving the standard of care 
in  HIT-testing  with  its  result  delivered  in  less  than  ten  minutes  after  the  patient  sample  has  been  prepared. 
Traditional methods required the use of expensive equipment, specialized laboratory personnel and approximately 4 
hours of technician time to complete the 20+ assay test procedure in-house, Clinicians were subjected to a 24-to-72 
hour turnaround time if the HIT-antibody determination was outsourced to a reference laboratory. Especially in the 
latter  scenario,  the  patient  information  obtained  is  retrospective  in  nature  as  the  HIT-antibody  result  cannot  be 
factored into time-sensitive diagnostic and treatment decisions. In November 2012, the Company introduced PIFA 
PLUSS  PF4  to  U.S.  hospitals  to  further  improve  the  rate  at  which  healthcare  professionals  can  obtain  a  HIT-
antibody result. 

This PIFA® line extension merges the ease-of-use of the PIFA testing platform with ABI’s recently patented Rapid 
Blood  Cell  Separation  Technology,  marketed  under  the  brand  name  seraSTAT®.  The  marriage  of  these  two 
technologies  condenses  the  sample  preparation  and  analysis  procedures  as  the  precise  micro-volume  of  a 
seraSTAT®  -prepared  patient  specimen  is  delivered  directly  into  the  PIFA®  cassette  for  immediate  testing.  This 
eliminates an additional one-hour of sample processing time and the need for healthcare personnel to have access to 
a  centrifuge  to  separate  the  liquid  fraction  of  blood  from  the  cellular  fraction.  As  a  result,  HIT-testing  can  be 
initiated  and  completed  at  or  near  the  point-of-care,  especially  in  emergency  and  critical  care  departments  where 
time-efficient diagnostic results can drastically improve patient outcomes. 

Since the appropriate regulatory clearances have been obtained in the United States for these products, the Company 
does not anticipate needing to fund additional clinical trials to facilitate product marketing domestically. In addition, 
the  current  technical  file  that  has  been  assembled  for  seraSTAT®  and  PIFA  PLUSS  PF4®  will  also  be  used  to 
support ABI’s CE-marking self-certification process to initiate product sales in the EU; the PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid 
Assay is already  CE-marked. The Company’s  strategy  in  foreign jurisdictions that  may  require additional clinical 
trials  to  support  regulatory  clearance,  as  is  the  case  in  China,  is  to  partner  with  a  distributor  that  will  fund  the 
required clinical program in exchange for some degree of marketing exclusivity. 

Other PIFA® Platform Assays in development  

According to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention, “Emerging Infectious Diseases: a 10-Year Perspective 
from  the  National  Institute  of  Allergy  and  Infectious  Diseases,  volume  11,  Number  4 — April  2005,  infectious 
diseases account for more than 15 million deaths annually. That equates to one in every two deaths in developing 
countries. Given that greater than 80% of the world’s population lives in the 100-plus developing countries, the need 
for  infectious  disease  screening  tests  and  effective  treatment  options  has  global  implications.  The  expansive 
geographies combined with underdeveloped, underfunded healthcare infrastructures make rapid, single-use, portable 
devices that do not require special instrumentation, key to any infectious disease-containment solution. 

ABI’s  PIFA®  technology  provides  a  testing  format  that  meets  the  aforementioned  criteria.  The  Company  can 
quickly apply the PIFA PLUSS®  methodology to its infectious disease testing products to further consolidate  the 
test result turn-around time and eliminate  the need for any specialized sample preparation personnel or equipment 
which are usually not at the disposal of healthcare professionals in remote locations. To date, the Company’s custom 
reagent work has focused on a variety of infectious diseases, especially those that are prevalent outside of the United 
States including the following: 

12 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
•  Chagas Disease 

•  Chlamydia 

•  Cytomegalovirus 

•  Dengue Fever 

•  Hepatitis B Surface Antigen 

•  Hepatitis C 

•  Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV 1+2) 

• 

Infectious Mononucleosis 

•  Lyme Disease 

•  Malaria 

•  Syphilis 

In  addition,  PIFA  technology  has  been  applied  to  a  rapid  blood  typing  card  used  to  assess  donor-patient  blood 
grouping  compatibility  in  minutes,  to  help  facilitate  fresh  whole  blood  transfusions  in  triage  situations.  The 
“Battlefield  Blood  Transfusion  Card”  is  designed  to  enhance  combat  casualty  care  or  provide  remote  healthcare 
facilities  in  underdeveloped  countries  with  critical  patient-donor  information,  especially  when  blood  requirements 
outpace blood supplies. As with the Company’s Infectious Disease products, current business activities will focus on 
opportunities  in  international  markets.  As  such,  clinical  trials  to  support  FDA  510(k)  clearances  or  CE  self-
certification  will  not  be  required.  The  Company  intends  to  determine  the  clinical  data  needed  to  market  products 
specifically within the developing world, once it completes the assessment of distribution options within the region. 
PIFA® technology is currently protected by two United States patents (5,565,366; 5,827,749) and one international 
patent (JP 4,931,821 – Heparin Tests). 

REA Technology  

ABI’s Tri-Cholesterol “Check” test is initiated with an easy-to-obtain finger stick blood sample, and provides users 
with  an  estimate  of  both  their  Total  and  high  density  lipoprotein  (“HDL”)  cholesterol  levels,  and  by  a  simple 
calculation, approximates their low density lipoprotein (“LDL”) level. We believe that there is global demand  for 
this category of disposable tests given healthcare trends that identify cardiovascular disease, and related risk factors 
like  high  cholesterol,  diabetes  and  high  blood  pressure.  These  complications  are  particularly  on  the  rise  in 
developing nations that have gained accessed to the dietary habits of the west. In fact, studies reported by Middle 
East Health Magazine recently conducted in various medical centers throughout Saudi Arabia and the United Arab 
Emirates (“UAE”) categorized the cardiovascular health risk as being on the edge of a potentially serious epidemic. 
In addition, the research revealed that half the subjects were undiagnosed prior to participating in the study that may 
be indicative of insufficient healthcare resources. This regional case study has global application as cardiovascular 
disease  is  the  leading  cause  of  death  worldwide  and  access  to  healthcare  remains  a  challenge  to  much  of  the 
aggregate population. This drives home the need for rapid, straightforward screening tests that are easily accessible 
to individuals for routine monitoring. 

Tri-Cholesterol  “Check”  has  the  appropriate  U.S.  FDA  market  clearances  and  is  also  CE-marked  for  sale  in  the 
European  Union  for  professional  use.  At  present,  the  Company’s  Tri-Cholesterol  “Check”  business  strategy  is  to 
focus  on  distribution  activities  in  countries  within  the  developing  world.  Once  ABI  completes  an  assessment  of 
opportunities within the region, it intends to determine if additional clinical data outside of the robust technical file 
assembled to support FDA-clearance and CE-certification will be required for product marketing. 

The REA Technology is currently protected by two United States patents (8,003,061; 8,425,859). 

13 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Sample Preparation Technology  

Rapid Blood Cell Separation Technology 

In addition to the Company’s testing platforms, ABI’s recently patented Rapid Blood Cell Separation (“Separator”) 
Technology,  marketed  under  the  brand  name  seraSTAT®,  further  accelerates  the  rate  at  which  a  test  result  is 
obtained as the often-required sample preparation step is abbreviated drastically. Conventional methods of blood cell 
separation are labor-intensive and time-consuming, typically involving blood collection and laboratory personnel, as 
well  as  electrically-powered  centrifuges  and  other  specialized  equipment.  The  Separator  device  requires  only  a 
small-volume blood sample obtained from a time- and cost-efficient finger stick procedure. 

The required micro-volume specimen of serum or plasma is immediately extracted and introduced into a rapid assay 
device for real-time analysis. The savings afforded by the Separator device can be measured in time and cost given 
its quick turn-around-time and straightforward, easy-to-master procedure. 

Since the appropriate regulatory clearances have been obtained in the United States for seraSTAT® as a stand-alone 
device,  the  Company  does  not  anticipate  needing  to  fund  additional  clinical  trials  to  expand  product  marketing 
domestically.  seraSTAT®  is  currently  integrated  into  PIFA  PLUSS  PF4  devices,  and  will  be  utilized  in  the 
infectious disease products currently under development. ABI may consider partnerships with other medical device 
companies, functioning as an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”), as the benefits of the seraSTAT® Rapid 
Blood Cell Separation Technology can be integrated into other assay platforms. Also, the current technical file that 
has been assembled for seraSTAT® will be used to support ABI’s CE-marking self-certification process to initiate 
product sales in the EU. The Company’s strategy in foreign jurisdictions that may require additional clinical trials to 
support regulatory clearance is to partner with a distributor that will fund the required clinical program in exchange 
for some degree of marketing exclusivity. 

The  seraSTAT®  Rapid  Blood  Cell  Separation  Technologyis  currently  protected  by  two  United  States  patents 
(7,896,167; 8,097,171) and one international patent (JP 4,885,134). 

Competition 

Competitors of ABI include other companies developing and marketing rapid, point-of-care diagnostic devices and 
companies with dedicated laboratory instruments and/or automated test systems. We face intense competition from 
companies  with  dominant  market  positions  within  the  in  vitro  diagnostic  testing  market  such  as  Abbott,  ACON 
Laboratories,  Inc.,  Alere,  Diagnostica  Stago,  SA.,  Immucor,  Inc.,  OraSure  Technologies,  Inc.,  and  Quidel 
Corporation. 

The Company believes the primary criteria for determining competitiveness within the rapid point-of-care sector are 
cost,  ease-of-use,  speed,  readability,  accuracy  and  flexibility.  The  time  required  by  ABI  to  develop  a  working 
prototype test ready for clinical trials typically ranges from around eight to twelve weeks from inception. We believe 
that competitors’ laboratory tests normally require at least a year to develop to a similar point. 

However,  our  competitors  have  significantly  greater  financial,  technical,  marketing  and  other  resources  than  we 
have and may be better able to: 

• 

• 

• 

respond to new technologies or technical standards; 

react to changing customer requirements and expectations; 

acquire other companies to gain new technologies or products that may displace our product lines; 

•  manufacture, market and sell products; 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
•  devote resources to the development, production, promotion, support and sale of products; and 

•  deliver a broad range of competitive products at lower prices. 

Our  principal  competitors  are  able  to  leverage  their  broader  product  portfolios  and  dominant  market  positions  in 
some segments by, for example, bundling their products into specially priced packages that create strong financial 
incentives for their customers to purchase their products. These practices may negate savings customers would gain 
from  buying  select  products  from  ABI  and  may  deter  such  customers  from  buying  ABI’s  products.  We  expect 
competition  in  the  markets  in  which  we  participate  to  continue  to  increase  as  existing  competitors  improve  or 
expand their product offerings. 

How We Generate Revenue  

The  majority  of  our  revenue  comes  from  selling  rapid,  screening  and  testing  products,  largely  through  our 
distribution  networks.  Some  of  our  assays  are  used  in  the  clinical  laboratory  to  ultimately  help  healthcare 
professionals  to  diagnosis  a  medical  condition  or  complication  that  may  require  treatment.  Other  products  can  be 
sold over-the-counter, to the general public, to help assess an individual’s status as it relates to his/her blood alcohol 
or  cholesterol  level,  to  help  monitor  his/her  progress  on  a  specific  wellness  regimen,  and/or  to  screen  for  a 
biomarker that may be indicative of an individual’s general level of health. Some of our revenue is associated with 
licensing payments that often relate to exclusive access to specific markets. 

Our Current Target Markets  

Given that, according to the HIT Report, 50% of cardiac surgery patients develop antibodies that have been found to 
be  the  major  determinant  in  the  pathogenesis  of  HIT,  the  HIT-testing  market  largely  resides  within  the  clinical 
hospital laboratories of medical facilities that perform major cardiac surgeries such as coronary artery bypass graft 
(CABG) procedures. In the U.S., the Company accesses decision makers within these institutions through profiling 
by its highly trained technical sales team and collaborative  prospecting  with distributor sales representatives.  ABI 
has also instituted an innovative teleconference program that trains laboratory professionals on the PIFA and PIFA 
PLUSS  product  profiles  and  with  product  in-hand,  walks  them  through  the  straightforward  test  procedures.  This 
training  is  intended  to  turn  interest  into  immediate  action  and  drives  home  the  ease-of-use  of  the  products. 
Individuals that participate in remote training usually start the verification process to bring one or both of the assays 
in-house, within a 4-week cycle. Internationally, ABI provides comprehensive training to its distributor partners to 
enable them to implement the same selling and technical training strategies. 

Manufacturing and Suppliers  

We are a vertically integrated manufacturer, producing substantially all of our devices in-house. The vast majority of 
our  products  start  out  as  high  quality,  medical  grade  polymers  and  exit  our  facilities  as  fully  manufactured  and 
packaged medical devices.  As a result, we have a short supply line between our raw materials and finished goods 
which  gives  us  greater  control  over  our  product  quality.  The  downside  of  our  in-house  manufacturing  is  the 
requirements  for  facilities,  power,  and  equipment.  This  approach  also  requires  mid-to-long-term  planning  and  the 
ability to predict future needs. Many of our processes are unique to us, but the Company’s flexible manufacturing 
capabilities and unused current capacity generally translate into relatively short production timelines. As demand for 
our products increase, additional capacities may be required to advance our evolving needs. 

We use a diverse and broad range of raw materials in the manufacturing of our products. We purchase all of our raw 
materials and select items, such as packaging, from external suppliers. In addition, we purchase some supplies from 
single sources for reasons of proprietary know-how, quality assurance, sole source availability, or due to regulatory 
qualification  requirements.  US  medical  device  manufacturers  must  establish  and  follow  quality  systems  to  help 
ensure  that  their  products  consistently  meet  applicable  requirements  and  specifications.  The  quality  systems  for 
FDA-regulated products are known as current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP’s”). CGMP requirements for 
devices  in  part  820  (21  CFR  part  820)  were  first  authorized  by  section  520(f)  of  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and 
Cosmetic Act. We work closely with our suppliers to ensure continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and 
reliability. To date, we have not experienced any significant difficulty locating and obtaining the materials necessary 
to fulfill our production requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2013 three suppliers accounted for 60% 

15 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of  the  Company’s  total  purchases.  This  makes  the  Company  vulnerable  to  a  near-term  severe  impact  should  the 
relationships be terminated. 

Distribution  

We  distribute  our  products  through  direct  and  indirect  channels  of  distribution.  We  have  well-developed  indirect 
distribution channels in the U.S. with Cardinal Health 200, Inc. (“Cardinal Health”) and Fisher Healthcare for the 
Company’s  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  assays.  Effective  May  1,  2007  we  entered  into  a  distribution  agreement  (as 
subsequently  amended  the  “Cardinal  Health  Agreement”)  with  Cardinal  Health.  The  Cardinal  Health  Agreement 
grants Cardinal Health the non-exclusive right to distribute PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assays. Pricing terms for each 
product  are  included  in  the  Cardinal  Agreement  and  vary  depending  on  product  and  volume  of  the  order.  The 
Cardinal Health Agreement automatically renews for successive twelve month unless either party (a) upon 30 days 
written notice if either party commits or suffers any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or fails to cure any material 
breach of the provisions of the agreement within 30 days after written notice of such breach, or (b) upon 90 days 
written  notice  with  or  without  cause.  On  June  15,  2010  we  entered  into  a  distribution  agreement  with  Fisher 
Healthcare,  a  Division  of  Fisher  Scientific  Company  L.L.C.  (as  subsequently  amended,  the  “Fisher  Agreement”). 
The  Fisher  Agreement  grants  non-exclusive  rights  for  Fisher  Healthcare  to  distribute  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid 
Assays, Heparin/PF4 serum panels, and BreathScan disposable breath alcohol detectors in the United States. Under 
the  Fisher  Agreement  we  are  required  to  fill  all  orders  placed  by  Fisher  Healthcare  and  do  not  have  the  right  to 
decline such orders. We must notify Fisher Healthcare of any proposed price increase at least 120 days prior to the 
effective date of such increase. Payment terms are net 45 days from the date of receipt of an accurate invoice, and 
Fisher Healthcare will not be in default if payments are made within five (5) days of the due date. The initial term of 
the  agreement  was  June  15,  2010  through  May  31,  2012  and  included  initial  pricing  terms  for  each  product  that 
varied depending on the product; however, ABI is able to submit pricing increases on an annual basis. The Fisher 
Agreement  automatically  renews  for  successive  twelve  month  periods  at  Fisher  Healthcare’s  option  in  its  sole 
discretion.  All products  sold to Cardinal  Health and Fisher Healthcare  must be purchased in  ABI-designated case 
quantities, however, there are no minimum purchase requirements under the Cardinal Health Agreement or Fisher 
Agreement. 

The  relationships  with  Cardinal  Health  and  Fisher  Healthcare  provide  us  with  access  to  the  majority  of  U.S. 
hospitals. During the year ended December 31, 2013 sales to Cardinal Health and Fisher Healthcare accounted for 
23% and 6% of the Company’s revenue, respectively. This concentration makes the Company vulnerable to a near-
term severe impact should the relationships be terminated. Our dedicated technical sales force works in tandem with 
distributor  sales  representatives  to  uncover  opportunities  in  the  clinical  laboratory  marketplace.  The  Company 
facilitates direct sales for hospitals that prefer to purchase direct from the manufacturer. In select European countries 
and Australia we have distribution relationships with specialized sales and marketing organizations for some of our 
products. We do not have a strong presence in many emerging markets, but are seeking to enter into agreements to 
enable us to enter China in the current fiscal year. 

With respect to the  Company’s breath alcohol  franchise,  historically  ABI focused its commercial  attention  within 
the  on-the-job  safety/human  resources  sector.  Access  was  and  currently  is  largely  achieved  through  designated 
BreathScan® distributors and limited arrangements in which the Company serves in an OEM capacity. On June 19, 
2012,  ABI  entered  into  License  and  Supply  Agreement  (the  “License  and  Supply  Agreement”)  with  Sono 
International  Limited (“SIL”), BreathScan International (Guersney)  Limited and BreathScan International  Limited 
pursuant to which the Company granted SIL an exclusive license to market and distribute private-labeled versions of 
ABI’s disposable breath alcohol detectors, to be  supplied by the Company, outside the  United States of  America, 
Canada and Mexico. On June 12, 2013, the Company entered into an amended License and Supply Agreement (the 
“Amended  License  and  Supply  Agreement”)  with  Chubeworkx  Guernsey  Limited  (as  successor  to  SIL),  (EN)10 
(Guernsey)  Limited  (formerly  BreathScan  International  (Guernsey)  Limited)  and  (EN)10  Limited  (formerly 
BreathScan International  Limited). Under the  Amended  License and Supply  Agreement, among other obligations, 
Chubeworkx is required to provide product purchase forecasts and maintain minimum order volumes. Chubeworkx 
is required to pay invoices in full within 90 days of delivery. Chubeworkx shall pay the Company $0.30 per product 
unit sold to Chubeworkx for the duration of the agreement. The initial term of the agreement is three (3) years. The 
term will, unless mutually agreed by the Company and Chubeworkx in writing, automatically renew on a three year 

16 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
rolling  basis.  Chubeworkx  may  terminate  the  agreement  at  any  time  after  the  initial  term  in  whole  or  in  part  by 
giving the Company not less than six months written notice. 

We believe that the Amended License and Supply Agreement represents a significant shift in ABI’s breath alcohol 
product strategy. Chubeworkx extensive “BE CHUBE” promotional program, which recently launched in the EU, is 
helping  to  transform  the  way  people  from  among  the  most  at-risk  populations  view  alcohol  consumption  and 
emphasize the importance of proactive testing with their private-labeled CHUBE breath alcohol detectors. While the 
majority of this marketing has been aimed at the French market, with all drivers on French roads, including foreign 
passport  holders  and  drivers  of  foreign  vehicles  legally  required  to  carry  at  least  one  un-used  NF  Approved 
disposable breathalyzer kit,  Chubeworkx, through en10, also has active sales and  marketing  initiatives  in the  UK, 
South Africa and Australia. The Amended License and Supply Agreement expanded the marketing and distribution 
of  the  “BE  CHUBE”  program  worldwide  using  the  ABI  breathalyzer.  We  believe  that  our  decision  to  expand 
Chubeworkx’s  reach  into  North  America  will  facilitate  a  global  presence  and  likely  increase  demand  for  ABI-
manufactured  private-label  disposable  breathalyzers.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  sales  to 
Chubeworkx accounted for 56% of the Company’s revenue. Chubeworkx’s partnerships within Asia and Africa may 
also  serve  to  expand  the  demand  for  the  Company’s  PIFA  PLUSS®  Infectious  Disease  assays.  To  date,  the 
Company  has  not  dedicated  extensive  production  resources  toward  this  product  line  as  demand  by  the  US 
Government  within  the  GSA  contracting  system  has  been  minimal.  With  the  expected  expansion  into  the 
international market with a focus on the developing world, it is anticipated that selling opportunities for infectious 
disease rapid assays will increase. 

We currently do not have a strong presence in many emerging markets. We have however, developed a distribution 
relationship  with  Novotek  Therapeutics  Inc.  (“Novotek”),  a  Beijing-based  pharmaceutical  and  in  vitro  diagnostic 
business  development  corporation.  The  multi-year  agreement  assigns  exclusive  sales  and  marketing  rights  to 
Novotek  to  make  ABI’s  Particle  ImmunoFiltration  Assay  (“PIFA”)  products  available  in  Mainland  China  once 
market clearance is obtained (anticipated 2014). We are seeking to enter into additional agreements that will enable 
us to enter other international markets in the current fiscal year. Through our expanded distribution relationship with 
Chubeworkx,  we  anticipate  pursuing  business  opportunities  in  Africa  and  other  parts  of  Asia  in  the  future.  The 
Company  is  in  the  process  of  solidifying  relationships  with  distributors  in  the  UK  for  these  assays,  with  selling 
expected to commence in the second quarter of 2014. 

Intellectual Property  

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions to protect our 
proprietary platform technologies and our brands. We also rely on confidentiality procedures and agreements with 
key employees and distribution/business partners where appropriate, and contractual provisions to achieve the same. 
We do not pursue patent protection where the possibility for meaningful enforcement is limited. 

The ABI logo is a registered trademark in the U.S. Other registered trademarks/service marks include: BreathScan®, 
PIFA®, PIFA PLUSS®, seraSTAT®, HealthTest®, and Be a Hero, Get Their Keys®, and METRON®. 

17 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  US  and  international  utility  patents  that  currently  protect  ABI’s  intellectual 
property; the core and emerging products to which they relate are also noted: 

Description 

blood separator and 
method of 
separating fluid fraction 
from 
whole blood 

blood separator and 
method of separating fluid 
fraction from whole blood 

blood separator and 
method of separating fluid 
fraction from whole blood 

  Jurisdiction   

Utility 
Patent No.   

Type of 
Protection   

Expiration 
Date 

Product(s) To Which 
They Relate 

US 

   7,896,167   Manufacture    9/7/2026    seraSTAT®; PIFA PLUSS® PF4; 
PIFA PLUSS® Infectious Diseases 
Rapid Assays 

US 

   8,097,171   Manufacture    8/5/2025    seraSTAT®; rapid blood cell 

separator also integrated into PIFA 
PLUSS® PF4 and PIFA PLUSS® 
Infectious Diseases Rapid Assays 

Japan 

   4,885,134   Manufacture    8/5/2025    seraSTAT®; rapid blood cell 

separator also integrated into PIFA 
PLUSS® PF4 and PIFA PLUSS® 
Infectious Diseases Rapid Assays 

hand-held fluid analyzer 

US 

hand-held fluid analyzer 

US 

   7,285,246   Manufacture   11/19/2025   Breath Ketone “Check”®; Breath 
PulmoHealth “Check”® suite of 
products; BreathScan®; 
BreathScan® PRO; CHUBETM; 
METRON®; VIVOTM 

   7,837,936   Manufacture   9/12/2024   Breath Ketone “Check”®; Breath 
PulmoHealth “Check”® suite of 
products; BreathScan®; 
BreathScan® PRO; CHUBETM; 
METRON®; VIVOTM 

kits and ligand assay plates 
using two-tiered separation 
for detection of 
immunoreagent particles 

US 

   5,565,366   Manufacture   5/25/2014   PIFA® Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay; 

PIFA PLUSS® PF4; PIFA PLUSS® 
Infectious Diseases Rapid Assays 

ligand assay method 

US 

   5,827,749   Manufacture   10/11/2016   PIFA® Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay; 

PIFA PLUSS® PF4; PIFA PLUSS® 
Infectious Diseases Rapid Assays 

methods and kits for 
detecting heparin/platelet 
factor 4 antibodies 

test strip card 

test strip card 

Japan 

   4,931,821   Manufacture   10/4/2025   PIFA® Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay; 

PIFA PLUSS® PF4 

US 

   8,003,061   Manufacture    5/6/2024    Tri-Cholesterol “Check”® 

US 

   8,425,859   Manufacture    5/6/2024    Tri-Cholesterol “Check”® 

Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property. For example, effective intellectual 
property protection may not be available in every country in which our products are distributed. Also, the efforts we 
have  taken  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights  may  not  be  sufficient  or  effective.  Any  significant  impairment  of  our 

18 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
intellectual  property  rights  is  costly  and  time  consuming.  Any  increase  in  unauthorized  use  of  our  intellectual 
property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results. 

ABI’s Tri-Cholesterol “Check”, PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay, BreathScan PRO alcohol detection system, and an 
earlier version of the Breath Ketone “Check” are CE-marked for sale in the EU for professional use. The CE-mark 
must be affixed to a product that intended, by the manufacturer, to be used for a medical purpose and will be sold 
into  EU  member  states  as  well  as  Iceland,  Norway  and  Liechtenstein.  For  ABI’s  current  and  proposed  “medical-
purpose”  products,  the  CE-marking  process  is  facilitated  by  self-certification,  as  a  manufacturer  must  carry  out  a 
conformity  assessment,  perform  any  appropriate  electromagnetic  testing,  create  a  technical  file  with  supporting 
documentation,  and  sign  an  EC  declaration  of  conformity.  The  documentation  is  verified  by  the  Company’s 
authorized representative in the EU and must be made available to authorities upon request. 

Government Regulations  

FDA Approval/Clearance Requirements  
Unless an exemption applies, each medical device that we wish to market in the U.S. must receive 510(k) clearance. 
It has been the Company’s experience thus far, that the FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from four to 
twelve months, but can last significantly longer. We cannot be sure that 510(k) clearance will ever be obtained for 
any product we propose to market. We have obtained any required FDA clearance for all of our current products that 
require clearance. 

The FDA decides whether a device line must undergo either the 510(k) clearance or Premarket approval (“PMA”). 
PMA  is  the  FDA  process  of  scientific  and  regulatory  review  to  evaluate  the  safety  and  effectiveness  of  Class  III 
medical  devices.  Class  III  devices  are  those  that  support  or  sustain  human  life,  are  of  substantial  importance  in 
preventing impairment of  human  health, or  which present a potential,  unreasonable risk of illness or injury. PMA 
approval process based upon statutory criteria. These criteria include the level of risk that the agency perceives is 
associated with the device and a determination whether the product is a type of device that is similar to devices that 
are already legally  marketed. Devices deemed to pose  relatively less risk are placed in either Class I or II,  which 
requires  the  manufacturer  to  submit  a  premarket  notification  (“PMN”)  requesting  510(k)  clearance,  unless  an 
exemption applies. The PMN  must demonstrate that the proposed device  is  “substantially equivalent” in intended 
use and in safety and effectiveness to a legally marketed predicate device, which is a pre-existing medical device to 
which equivalence can be drawn, that is either in Class I, Class II, or is a Class III device that was in commercial 
distribution before May 28, 1976, for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of a PMA application. 

Class  I  devices  are  those  for  which  safety  and  effectiveness  can  be  assured  by  adherence  to  the  FDA’s  general 
regulatory  controls  for  medical  devices,  or  the  General  Controls,  which  include  compliance  with  the  applicable 
portions  of  the  FDA’s  quality  system  regulations,  facility  registration  and  product  listing,  reporting  of  adverse 
medical events, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Some 
Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) PMN process described below. A 
small number of our products are Class I devices. 

Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, and any other special controls as  deemed necessary by 
the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class 
II  devices  is  accomplished  through  the  510(k)  PMN  procedure.  Pursuant  to  the  Medical  Device  User  Fee  and 
Modernization  Act  of  2002, or  MDUFMA,  as  of  October  2002  unless  a  specific  exemption  applies,  510(k)  PMN 
submissions  are  subject  to  user  fees.  Certain  Class  II  devices  are  exempt  from  this  premarket  review  process.  A 
majority of our products, encompassing all of our significant product lines, are Class II devices. Class III devices are 
those devices which have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that 
of  a  legally  marketed  device.  The  safety  and  effectiveness  of  Class  III  devices  cannot  be  assured  solely  by  the 
General Controls and the other requirements described above. These devices almost always require formal clinical 
studies  to  demonstrate  safety  and  effectiveness  and  must  be  approved  through  the  premarket  approval  process 
described below. Premarket approval applications (and supplemental premarket approval applications) are subject to 
significantly higher user fees under MDUFMA than are 510(k) PMNs. None of our products are Class III devices. 

A clinical trial may be required in support of a 510(k) submission. These trials generally require an Investigational 
Device Exemption, or IDE, application approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless 

19 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
the  product  is  deemed  a  non-significant  risk  device  eligible  for  more  abbreviated  IDE  requirements.  The  IDE 
application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results. Clinical trials may 
begin if the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical 
trial sites. 

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation  

A  host  of  regulatory  requirements  apply  to  our  marketed  devices,  including  the  quality  system  regulation  (which 
requires  manufacturers  to  follow  elaborate  design,  testing,  control,  documentation  and  other  quality  assurance 
procedures),  the  Medical  Reporting  Regulations  (“MDR”)  regulations  (which  require  that  manufacturers  report  to 
the  FDA  specified  types  of  adverse  events  involving  their  products),  labeling  regulations,  and  the  FDA’s  general 
prohibition  against  promoting  products  for  unapproved  or  “off-label”  uses.  Class  II  devices  also  can  have  special 
controls such as performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidelines that do not 
apply  to  class  I  devices.  Unanticipated  changes  in  existing  regulatory  requirements  or  adoption  of  new  cGMP 
requirements could hurt our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Health Care Fraud and Abuse  

In the United States, there are federal and state anti-kickback laws that generally prohibit the payment or receipt of 
kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration in exchange for the referral of patients or other health-related business. For 
example, the Federal Health Care Programs’ Anti-Kickback Law (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7b(b)) prohibits anyone from, 
among other things, knowingly and  willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any bribe, kickback or other 
remuneration intended to induce the referral of patients for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, health care 
products and services reimbursed by a federal health care program (including Medicare and Medicaid). Recognizing 
that  the  federal  anti-kickback  law  is  broad  and  potentially  applicable  to  many  commonplace  arrangements,  the 
Office of Inspector General within the Department of Health and Human Services, or OIG, has issued regulations, 
known  as  the  safe  harbors,  which  identify  permissible  practices.  If  all  of  the  requirements  of  an  applicable  safe 
harbor  are  met,  an  arrangement  will  not  be  prosecuted  under  this  law.  Safe  harbors  exist  for  a  number  of 
arrangements  relevant  to  our  business,  including,  among  other  things,  payments  to  bona  fide  employees,  certain 
discount  arrangements,  and  certain  payment  arrangements  involving  GPOs.  The  failure  of  an  arrangement  to  fit 
precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal. However, conduct that does not 
fully  satisfy  each  requirement  of  an  applicable  safe  harbor  may  result  in  increased  scrutiny  by  government 
enforcement authorities, such as the OIG or the Department of Justice. Violations of this federal law can result in 
significant  penalties,  including  imprisonment,  monetary  fines  and  assessments,  and  exclusion  from  Medicare, 
Medicaid  and  other  federal  health  care  programs.  Exclusion  of  a  manufacturer  would  preclude  any  federal  health 
care program from paying for its products. In addition to the federal anti-kickback law, many states have their own 
kickback laws. Often, these state laws closely follow the language of the federal law. Some state anti-kickback laws 
apply regardless of whether federal health care program payment is involved. Federal and state anti-kickback laws 
may affect our sales, marketing and promotional activities, and relationship with health care providers or laboratory 
professionals by limiting the kinds of arrangements we may have with hospitals and others in a position to purchase 
or recommend our products. 

Federal and state false claims laws prohibit anyone from presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment 
to third-party payors that are false or fraudulent. For example, the federal Civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §3729 
et  seq.)  imposes  liability  on  any  person  or  entity  who,  among  other  things,  knowingly  presents,  or  causes  to  be 
presented,  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim  for  payment  by  a  federal  health  care  program  (including  Medicaid  and 
Medicare). Manufacturers, like us, can be held liable under false claims laws, even if they do not submit claims to 
the government, where they are found to have caused submission of false claims by, among other things, providing 
incorrect  coding  or  billing  advice  about  their  products  to  customers  that  file  claims,  or  by  engaging  in  kickback 
arrangements  with  customers  that  file  claims.  A  number  of  states  also  have  false  claims  laws,  and  some  of  these 
laws may apply to claims for items or services reimbursed under Medicaid and/or commercial insurance. Sanctions 
under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer’s products from 
reimbursement under government programs, and imprisonment. 

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: health 
care fraud and false statements related to healthcare matters. The health care fraud statute prohibits knowingly and 

20 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
willingly executing a scheme to defraud any  health care  benefit program, including private  payors. A violation of 
this  statute  is  a  felony  and  may  result  in  fines,  imprisonment  or  exclusion  from  government  sponsored  programs. 
The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or 
making  any  materially  false,  fictitious  or  fraudulent  statement  in  connection  with  the  delivery  of  or  payment  for 
health care benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. 

Due  to  the  breadth  of  some  of  these  laws,  it  is  possible  that  some  of  our  current  or  future  practices  might  be 
challenged under one or more of these laws. In addition, there can be no assurance that we would not be required to 
alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws. Evolving interpretations of current laws or 
the adoption of new federal or state laws or regulations could adversely affect many of the arrangements we have 
with customers and physicians. Our risk of being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that some 
of these laws are open to a variety of interpretations. If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of 
any  of  these  laws,  we  could  be  subject  to  civil  and  criminal  penalties,  which  could  hurt  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition. 

Foreign Regulation  

Many  foreign  countries  in  which  we  market  or  may  market  our  products  have  regulatory  bodies  and  restrictions 
similar  to  those  of  the  FDA.  International  sales  are  subject  to  foreign  government  regulation,  the  requirements  of 
which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be 
longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval and the requirements may differ. Companies are now required 
to  obtain  a  CE  Mark,  which  shows  conformance  with  the  requirements  of  applicable  European  Conformity 
directives,  prior  to  sale  of  some  medical  devices  within  the  European  Union.  Some  of  our  current  products  that 
require CE Markings have them and it is anticipated that additional and future products may require them as well. 
As  of  the  date  of  this  filing,  the  Company  has  received  CE  marks  for  eight  for  of  its  commercialized 
products/product  components:  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid  Assay;  Heparin/PF4  Serum  Panels;  Tri-Cholesterol 
“Check” and BreathScan PRO Detectors, Analyzer Field Kit, Starter Kit and Blow Bags. An earlier version of the 
Breath Ketone “Check” also bears a CE-Mark. 

Third-Party Reimbursement  

Health care providers, including hospitals, that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, including 
the  Medicare  and  Medicaid programs,  and  private  payors,  such  as  indemnity  insurers  and  managed  care  plans,  to 
cover and reimburse all or part of the cost of the products and the procedures in which they are used. As a result, 
demand for our products is dependent in part on the coverage and reimbursement policies of these payors. 

CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, along with its contractors, establishes 
coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  for  the  Medicare  program.  In  addition,  private  payors  often  follow  the 
coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  of  Medicare.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  government  or  private  third-party 
payors will cover and reimburse the procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future or that payment 
rates will be adequate. 

In  general,  Medicare  will  cover  a  medical  product  or  procedure  when  the  product  or  procedure  is  reasonable  and 
necessary  for  the  diagnosis  or  treatment  of  an  illness  or  injury.  Even  if  the  medical  product  or  procedure  is 
considered  medically  necessary  and  coverage  is  available,  Medicare  may  place  restrictions  on  the  circumstances 
where  it  provides  coverage.  For  some  of  our  products,  our  success  in  non-U.S.  markets  may  depend  upon  the 
availability of coverage and reimbursement from the third-party payors through which health care providers are paid 
in  those  markets.  Health  care  payment  systems  in  non-U.S.  markets  vary  significantly  by  country,  and  include 
single-payor,  government  managed  systems  as  well  as  systems  in  which  private  payors  and  government-managed 
systems exist, side-by-side. For some of our products, our ability to achieve market acceptance or significant sales 
volume  in  international  markets  may  be  dependent  on  the  availability  of  reimbursement  for  our  products  under 
health care payment systems in such markets. There can be no assurance that reimbursement for our products, will 
be obtained or that such reimbursement will be adequate. 

21 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Other U.S. Regulation  

We  must  also  comply  with  numerous  federal,  state  and  local  laws  relating  to  matters  such  as  environmental 
protection,  safe  working  conditions,  manufacturing  practices,  fire  hazard  control  and,  among  other  things,  the 
generation, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous substances. 

Employees 

We  currently employ 24  full-time equivalent employees, contractors or consultants,  which include six in research 
and development, three in general and administrative, four in sales and marketing and eleven in direct and indirect 
manufacturing.  We  also  engage  a  number  of  temporary  employees  and  consultants.  None  of  our  employees  are 
represented  by  a  labor  union  or  are  a  party  to  a  collective  bargaining  agreement.  We  believe  that  we  have  good 
relations with our employees. 

Available information 

Our website address is www.akersbiosciences.com. We do not intend our website address to be an active link or to 
otherwise incorporate by reference the contents of the website into this Report. The public may read and copy any 
materials the Company  files  with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the  “SEC”) at the SEC’s Public 
Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation 
of  the  Public  Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0030.  The  SEC  maintains  an  Internet  website 
(http://www.sec.gov)  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding 
issuers that file electronically with the SEC. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this 
report, in considering our business and prospects. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones 
facing  the  Company.  Additional  risks  and  uncertainties  not  presently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem 
immaterial also may impair our business operations. The occurrence of any of the following risks could harm our 
business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Risks Related to the Company and Our Business 

We have a history of operating losses and we cannot guarantee that we can ever achieve sustained profitability. 

We  have  recorded  a  net  loss  in  most  reporting  periods  since  our  inception.  Our  net  loss  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $1,526,773 and $2,557,820, respectively. Our accumulated deficit 
at December 31, 2013 was $81,721,126. Losses are expected to continue for the foreseeable future. The Company 
expects to continue to have development costs as it develops its next generation of products. We may never achieve 
profitable operations or positive cash flow. 

Our operating expenses will increase as we make further expenditures to enhance and expand our operations in 
order to support additional growth in our business and public company reporting and compliance obligations.  

Historically,  we  limited  our  investment  in  infrastructure;  however,  following  this  offering  we  expect  our 
infrastructure investments to increase substantially to support our anticipated growth and as a result of our becoming 
a  public  reporting  company  in  the  United  States.  We  intend  to  make  additional  investments  in  automated 
manufacturing  systems  and  personnel  in  order  to  expand  our  operations  to  support  anticipated  growth  in  our 
business. In addition, to be competitive and take advantage of market opportunities, we may need to make changes 
to our sales model in the future. These changes may result in higher selling, general and administrative expenses as a 
percentage  of  our  revenue.  We  also  expect  to  incur  additional  operating  costs  as  a  public  reporting  company 
following the completion of this offering. As a result of these factors, we expect our operating expenses to increase. 

22 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Due  to  our  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  and  the  loss  of  any  such  customer  would  have  a 
material adverse effect on our operating results and prospects.  

As of December 31, 2013, our principal customers included two clinical laboratory distributors, Cardinal Health and 
Fisher Healthcare, that distribute our PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assays in the United States. Effective May 1, 2007 
we  entered  into  a  distribution  agreement  (as  subsequently  amended,  the  “Cardinal  Health  Agreement”)  with 
Cardinal  Health  200,  Inc.  (“Cardinal  Health”).  The  Cardinal  Health  Agreement  grants  Cardinal  Health  the  non-
exclusive  right  to  distribute  PIFA  Herapin/PF4  Rapid  Assays.  Pricing  terms  for  each  product  are  included  in  the 
Cardinal  Agreement  and  vary  depending  on  product  and  volume  of  the  order.  The  Cardinal  Health  Agreement 
automatically renews for successive twelve month unless either party (a) upon 30 days written notice if either party 
commits or suffers any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or fails to cure any material breach of the provisions of the 
agreement  within  30  days  after  written  notice  of  such  breach,  or  (b)  upon  90  days  written  notice  with  or  without 
cause.  On  June  15,  2010  we  entered  into  a  distribution  agreement  with  Fisher  Healthcare,  a  Division  of  Fisher 
Scientific Company L.L.C. (as subsequently amended, the “Fisher Agreement”). The Fisher Agreement grants non-
exclusive rights for Fisher Healthcare to distribute PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assays, Heparin/PF4 serum panels, and 
BreathScan disposable breath alcohol detectors in the United States. Under the Fisher Agreement we are required to 
fill all orders placed by Fisher Healthcare and do not have the right to decline such orders. The initial term of the 
agreement was June 15, 2010 through May 31, 2012 and included initial pricing terms for each product that  varied 
depending  on  the  product;  however,  ABI  is  able  to  submit  pricing  increases  on  an  annual  basis.  The  Fisher 
Agreement  automatically  renews  for  successive  twelve  month  periods  at  Fisher  Healthcare’s  option  in  its  sole 
discretion.  There  are  no  minimum  purchase  requirements  under  the  Cardinal  Health  Agreement  or  Fisher 
Agreement. All products sold to Cardinal Health and Fisher Healthcare must be purchased in ABI-designated case 
quantities, but there are no annual minimum purchase requirements under either of the agreements. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, these two entities and Chubeworkx accounted for approximately 85% of the 
Company’s revenue. Chubeworkx, which distributes ABI’S breathalyzers for its “Be CHUBE” selling initiative that 
is  being  rolled  out  worldwide,  became  a  significant  purchaser  of  ABI’s  products  in  2013.  Because  of  our 
dependence on a limited number of key customers, the loss of a major customer (or loss of a key program with a 
major customer), or any significant reduction in orders by a major customer or termination of the Cardinal Health 
Agreement  or  Fisher  Agreement  would  materially  reduce  our  net  sales  and  gross  profit  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, our results of operations and our financial condition. We expect that sales to relatively few customers will 
continue to account for a significant percentage of our net sales for the foreseeable future, however there can be no 
assurance  that  any  of  these  customers  or  any  of  our  other  customers  will  continue  to  utilize  our  products  or  our 
services at current levels. 

Due to our dependence on a limited number of customers, we are subject to a concentration of credit risk.  

As of December 31, 2013, Chubeworkx, Cardinal Health and Fisher Healthcare accounted for 97% of our accounts 
receivable. In the case of insolvency by one of our significant customers, an account receivable with respect to that 
customer  might  not  be  collectible,  might  not  be  fully  collectible,  or  might  be  collectible  over  longer  than  normal 
terms, each of which could adversely affect our financial position. 

The Company’s business would suffer if the Company were unable to acquire adequate sources of supply.  

We use a diverse and broad range of raw materials in the manufacturing of our products. We purchase all of our raw 
materials and select items, such as packaging, from external suppliers. In addition, we purchase some supplies from 
single sources for reasons of proprietary know-how, quality assurance, sole source availability, or due to regulatory 
qualification requirements and disruption of these sources could have, at a minimum, a temporary adverse effect on 
shipments  and  the  financial  results  of  the  Company.  US  medical  device  manufacturers  must  establish  and  follow 
quality systems to help ensure that their products consistently meet applicable requirements and specifications. The 
quality  systems  for  FDA-regulated  products  are  known  as  current  good  manufacturing  practices  (“cGMP’s”). 
CGMP requirements for devices in part 820 (21 CFR part 820) were first authorized by section 520(f) of the Federal 
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. We work closely with our suppliers to ensure continuity of supply while maintaining 
high quality and reliability. To date, we have  not experienced any significant difficulty locating and obtaining the 
materials  necessary  to  fulfill  our  production  requirements.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  three 
suppliers accounted for 60% and during the year ended December 31, 2012, one supplier accounted for 42% of the 

23 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Company’s  total  purchases.  Any  prolonged  inability  to  obtain  certain  materials  or  components  could  have  an 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  and  could  result  in  damage  to  its 
relationships with its customers and, accordingly, adversely affect the Company’s business. 

We may require additional capital in the future to develop new products and otherwise support our operations. If 
we  do  not  obtain  any  such  additional  financing,  if  required,  our  business  prospects,  financial  condition  and 
results of operations will be adversely affected.  

We intend to invest significantly in our business before we expect cash flows from operations will be adequate to 
cover our anticipated expenses. We believe that the proceeds of this offering and revenue from operations  will be 
sufficient  to  satisfy  our  needs  for  at  least  the  next  18  months.  We  may  need  to  obtain  significant  additional 
financing,  both  in  the  short-  and  long-term,  to  make  planned  capital  expenditures  to  cover  operating  expenses, 
upgrades to our manufacturing operations, our ongoing product development and to fund to potential acquisitions, if 
any.  We  may  not  be  able  to  secure  adequate  additional  financing  when  needed  on  acceptable  terms,  or  at  all.  To 
execute our business strategy, we may issue additional equity securities in public or private offerings, potentially at a 
price  lower  than  our  initial  public  offering  price  or  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  at  the  time  of  such 
issuance.  If  we  cannot  secure  sufficient  additional  funding  we  may  be  forced  to  forego  strategic  opportunities  or 
delay,  scale  back  and  eliminate  future  product  development  which  would  harm  our  business  and  our  ability  to 
generate positive cash flow in the future. 

Because we may not be able to obtain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for some of our products, we 
may not generate revenue in the amounts we expect, or in the amounts necessary to continue our business.  

All  of  our  proposed  and  existing  products  are  subject  to  regulation  in  the  U.S.  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug 
Administration and/or other domestic and international governmental, public health agencies, regulatory bodies or 
non-governmental organizations. In particular,  we are subject to strict  governmental controls on the development, 
manufacture, labeling, distribution and  marketing of our products. The process of obtaining required approvals or 
clearances varies according to the nature of, and  uses for, a specific product. These processes can involve lengthy 
and  detailed  laboratory  testing,  human  clinical  trials,  sampling  activities,  and  other  costly,  time-consuming 
procedures.  The  submission  of  an  application  to  a  regulatory  authority  does  not  guarantee  that  the  authority  will 
grant an approval or clearance for product. Each authority may impose its own requirements and can delay or refuse 
to grant approval or clearance, even though a product has been approved in another country. 

The time taken to obtain approval or clearance varies depending on the nature of the application and may result in 
the passage of a significant period of time from the date of submission of the application. Delays in the approval or 
clearance processes increase the risk that we will not succeed in introducing or selling the subject products, and we 
may be required to abandon a proposed product after devoting substantial time and resources to its development. 

Changes in domestic and foreign government regulations could increase our costs and could require us to undergo 
additional trials or procedures, or could make it impractical or impossible for us to market our products for certain 
uses, in certain markets, or at all. 

Changes in government regulations may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations because 
we may have to incur additional expenses if we are required to change or implement new testing, manufacturing and 
control  procedures.  If  we  are  required  to  devote  resources  to  develop  such  new  procedures,  we  may  not  have 
sufficient  resources  to  devote  to  research  and  development,  marketing,  or  other  activities  that  are  critical  to  our 
business. 

We  are  subject  to  regulations  of  various  government  agencies  and  if  we  are  unable  to  comply  with  such 
regulations it would materially affect our business  

We can manufacture and sell our products only if we comply with certain regulations of government agencies. As a 
U.S. manufacturer, we must operate our production facility in accordance with the requirements established by the 
FDA  under  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act  (FD&C  Act).  As  such,  we  have  implemented  a  quality 
system  that  is  intended  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations.  Our  manufacturing  plant  is  subject  to  periodic 
inspections by the FDA, and at last inspection, the facility was found to be in substantial compliance with current 

24 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
good manufacturing practice (cGMP) requirements. Although the Company is dedicated to remaining in compliance 
with  such  practices,  the  cGMP  requirements  could  change  and  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  manufacture  our 
products  without  modifications  to  our  operations  procedures  or  changes  to  our  equipment  or  human  resource 
allocations which may materially affect our business. 

The  commercial  success  of  our  products  will  depend  upon  the  degree  of  market  acceptance  by  physicians, 
hospitals, third-party payors, and others in the medical community.  

Ultimately, none of our current products or products in development, even if they receive approval, may ever gain 
market acceptance by physicians, hospitals, third-party payors or others in the medical community. If these products 
do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we  may not generate significant product revenue and we may not 
become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our products, if approved for commercial sale, will depend 
on a number of factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the efficacy and potential advantages over alternative treatments; 

the ability to offer our products for sale at competitive prices; 

the willingness of the target population to accept and adopt our products; 

the  strength  of  marketing  and  distribution  support  and  the  timing  of  market  introduction  of  competitive 
products; and 

•  publicity concerning our products or competing products and treatments. 

Even if a potential product displays a favorable profile, market acceptance of the product will not be known until 
after  it  is  launched.  Our  efforts  to  educate  the  medical  community  and  third-party  payors  on  the  benefits  of  our 
products  may  require  significant  resources  and  may  never  be  successful.  Such  efforts  to  educate  the  marketplace 
may require more resources than are required by conventional technologies marketed by our competitors. 

If  we  fail  to  obtain  regulatory  approval  in  foreign  jurisdictions,  then  we  cannot  market  our  products  in  those 
jurisdictions.  

We plan to market some of our products in foreign jurisdictions, initially in China, the European Union (“EU”) and 
South America, initially targeting Colombia and Brazil. Many foreign countries in which we market or may market 
our products have regulatory bodies and restrictions similar to those of the FDA. International sales are subject to 
foreign  government  regulation,  the  requirements  of  which  vary  substantially  from  country  to  country.  The  time 
required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval and 
the requirements may differ. Companies are now required to obtain a CE Mark, which shows conformance with the 
requirements  of  applicable  European  Conformity  directives,  prior  to  sale  of  some  medical  devices  within  the 
European  Union.  Some  of  our  current  products  that  require  CE  Markings  have  them  and  it  is  anticipated  that 
additional  and  future  products  may  require  them  as  well.  We  may  be  required  to  conduct  additional  testing  or  to 
provide additional information, resulting in additional expenses, to obtain necessary approvals. If we fail to obtain 
approval  in  such  foreign  jurisdictions,  we  would  not  be  able  to  sell  our  products  in  such  jurisdictions,  thereby 
reducing the potential revenue from the sale of our products. 

We  may  be  unable  to  market  our  products  outside  the  United  States  if  our  products  cannot  meet  certain 
requirements of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act requirements for exporting medical devices.  

Any medical device that is legally marketed in the U. S. may be exported anywhere in the world without prior FDA 
notification  or  approval.  Medical  devices  that  are  not  FDA-cleared  for  marketing  legally  in  the  U.S.  may  be 
exported under section 801(e)(1) of the FD&C Act, provided that they are intended for export only, they are class I 
or class II devices, and they are: 

25 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
• 

In accordance with the specifications of the foreign purchaser; 

•  Not in conflict with the laws of the country to which they are intended for export; 

•  Labeled on the outside of the shipping package that they are intended for export; and 

•  Not sold or distributed in the U.S. 

We cannot guarantee that certain current and future products will meet all of the aforementioned specifications for 
export which could adversely impact our ability to market our products outside the U.S. 

We  may  be  unable  to  market  our  products  outside  the  United  States  if  our  products  cannot  meet  regulatory 
requirements of certain countries . 

In  the  European  Union,  a  product  that  meets  the  definition  of  an  In  Vitro  Diagnostic  Medical  Device  (“IVD”)  in 
accordance  with  the  European  Directive  (98/79/EC)  must  receive  regulatory  approval  known  as  a  CE  mark.  The 
letters  “CE”  are  the  abbreviation  of  the  French  phrase  “Conforme  Européene,”  which  means  “European 
conformity.” As such, export of these products to the European Union, and possibly other jurisdictions, without the 
CE  mark  is  not  possible.  Although  obtaining  a  CE  Mark  is  often  a  self-certification  process,  preparation  and 
submission of  the technical  file to an  Authorized Representative in the EU, and their  verification of a company’s 
compliance with the Directive, can be a lengthy process. Some of the Company’s current and future products may 
fall within the IVD categorization. As of the date of this filing, the Company has received CE marks for eight of its 
commercialized  products/product  components:  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid  Assay;  Heparin/PF4  Serum  Panels;  Tri-
Cholesterol  “Check”  and  BreathScan  PRO  Detectors,  Analyzer  Field  Kit,  Starter  Kit  and  Blow  Bags.  An  earlier 
version of the Breath Ketone “Check” also bears a CE-Mark. 

Further, some foreign countries, such as Canada and India, require that a medical device company’s manufacturing 
facility be certified for compliance with the ISO 13485, an international standard for quality systems management. 
The International  Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) is the  world’s largest developer of standards  with 148 
member  countries.  Given  the  expense  and  length  of  the  ISO  certification  process,  ABI  is  in  the  process  of 
investigating the cost and time commitments necessary to pursued ISO certification for its manufacturing facility. If 
such certification is not possible to obtain with its current personnel resources, it may limit the Company’s ability to 
launch selling initiatives, of certain products, within international markets such as India and Canada. ABI may not 
be  able  to  obtain  foreign  regulatory  approval  on  a  timely  basis,  if  at  all  and  to  do  so  may  cause  ABI  to  incur 
additional costs or prevent ABI from marketing its products in foreign countries, which may have a material adverse 
effect on its business and results of operations. 

Our products may not be able to compete with new diagnostic products or existing products developed by well-
established competitors, which would negatively affect our business.  

According to “In Vitro Diagnostic Tests Come out of the Lab and Into the Home”, an article published by MDDI 
online in March 2013, the diagnostic industry is focused on the testing of biological specimens in a laboratory or at 
the point-of-care and is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Our principal competitors often have considerably 
greater  financial,  technical  and  marketing  resources  than  we  do.  Several  companies  produce  diagnostic  tests  that 
compete directly with our testing product line, including but not limited to, Abbott, ACON Laboratories, Inc., Alere, 
Diagnostica  Stago,  SA,  Immucor,  Inc.,  OraSure  Technologies,  Inc.,  and  Quidel  Corporation.  Many  of  these 
competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial,  marketing  and  other  resources  than  we  do  and  enjoy  other 
competitive  advantages, 
including,  greater  name  recognition;  established  relationships  with  health  care 
professionals, companies and consumers; additional lines of products, the ability to offer rebates or higher discounts 
and  incentives;  and  greater  resources  for  product  development,  sales  and  intellectual  property  protection.  As  new 
products enter the market, our products may become obsolete or a competitor’s products may be more effective or 
more effectively marketed and sold than ours. Although we have no specific knowledge of any competitor’s product 
that  will  render  our  products  obsolete,  if  we  fail  to  maintain  and  enhance  our  competitive  position  or  fail  to 

26 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
introduce  new  products  and  product  features,  our  customers  may  decide  to  use  products  developed  by  our 
competitors, which could result in a loss of revenue and cash flow. 

In  addition,  the  point-of-care  diagnostics  industry  is  undergoing  rapid  technological  changes,  with  frequent 
introductions  of  new  technology-driven  products  and  services,  some  of  which  focus  on  automated  systems  to 
provide rapid results. As new technologies become introduced into the point-of-care diagnostic testing market, we 
may  be  required  to  commit  considerable  additional  efforts,  time  and  resources  to  enhance  our  current  product 
portfolio or develop new products. We may not have the available time and resources to accomplish this and many 
of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources to invest in technological improvements. 
We  may  not  be  able  to  effectively  implement  new  technology-driven  products  and  services  or  be  successful  in 
marketing  these  products  and  services  to  our  customers,  especially  if  rapid,  manual  testing  products  become 
secondary,  in  large  markets,  to  automated  point-of-care  systems.  If  these  potential  developments  come  to  fruition 
our operating results could be materially harmed. 

Clinical trials that may be required to support regulatory submissions in the United States and in international 
markets  are  expensive.  We  cannot  assure  that  we  will  be  able  to  complete  any  required  clinical  trial  programs 
successfully  within any specific time period, and if such clinical trials take longer to complete than we project, 
our ability to execute our current business strategy will be adversely affected.  

Conducting  clinical  trials  is  a  lengthy,  time-consuming  and  expensive  process.  Before  obtaining  regulatory 
approvals  for  the  commercial  sale  of  any  products,  we  must  demonstrate  through  clinical  trials  the  safety  and 
effectiveness of our products. We have incurred, and we will continue to incur, substantial expense for, and devote a 
significant  amount  of  time  to,  product  development,  pilot  trial  testing,  clinical  trials  and  regulated,  compliant 
manufacturing  processes.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  research  and  development  expense  totaled 
$1,006,800. The estimated research and development expense for the year ending December 31, 2014 is $1,400,000. 

Even  if  completed,  we  do  not  know  if  these  trials  will  produce  statistically  significant  or  clinically  meaningful 
results  sufficient  to  support  an  application  for  marketing  approval.  Whether  or  not  and  how  quickly  we  complete 
clinical trials is dependent in part upon the rate at which we are able to advance the rate of patient enrollment, and 
the rate to collect, clean, lock and analyze the clinical trial database. 

Patient enrollment in trials is a function of many factors, including the design of the protocol, the size of the patient 
population,  the  proximity  of  patients  to  and  availability  of  clinical  sites,  the  eligibility  criteria  for  the  study,  the 
perceived  risks  and  benefits  of  the  product  candidate  under  study  and  of  the  control,  if  any,  the  medical 
investigators’ efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials, the patient referral practices of local physicians, 
the existence of competitive clinical trials, and whether other investigational, existing or new products are available 
or approved for the indication. If we experience delays in patient enrollment and/or completion of our clinical trial 
programs, we may incur additional costs and delays in our development programs, and may not be able to complete 
our clinical trials on a cost-effective or timely basis. Accordingly, we may not be able to complete the clinical trials 
within  an  acceptable  time  frame,  if  at  all.  If  we  fail  to  enroll  and  maintain  the  number  of  patients  for  which  the 
clinical trial was designed, the statistical power of that clinical trial may be reduced, which would make it harder to 
demonstrate that the product candidate being tested in such clinical trial is  safe and effective. Further, if we or any 
third party have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients in a timely or cost-effective manner to conduct 
clinical trials as planned, or if enrolled patients do not complete the trial as planned, we or a third party may need to 
delay or terminate ongoing clinical trials, which could negatively affect our business. 

The results of our clinical trials may not support either further clinical development or the commercialization of 
our product candidates.  

Even  if  our  clinical  trials  are  completed  as  planned,  their  results  may  not  support  either  the  further  clinical 
development or the commercialization of our product-candidates. The FDA or government authorities may not agree 
with our conclusions regarding the results of our clinical trials. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials 
does  not  ensure  that  later  clinical  trials  will  be  successful,  and  the  results  from  any  later  clinical  trials  may  not 
replicate the results of prior clinical trials and pre-clinical testing. The clinical trial process may fail to demonstrate 
that  our  product  candidates  are  safe  and  effective  for  indicated  uses.  This  failure  would  cause  us  to  abandon  a 
product  candidate  and  may  delay  development  of  other  product  candidates.  Any  delay  in,  or  termination  of,  our 

27 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
clinical  trials  will  delay  the  filing  of  our  510(k)’s  and,  ultimately,  our  ability  to  commercialize  our  product 
candidates and generate product revenue. Each medical device marketed in the U.S. must receive a 510(k) clearance 
from the FDA. A 510(k) is a premarket submission made to FDA to demonstrate that the device to be marketed is at 
least  as  safe  and  effective,  that  is,  substantially  equivalent  (“SE”),  to  a  legally  marketed  device.  Companies  must 
compare their device to one or more similar legally marketed devices, commonly known as “predicates”, and make 
and support their substantial equivalency claims. The submitting company may not proceed with product marketing 
until  it  receives  an  order  from  the  FDA  declaring  a  device  substantially  equivalent.  The  substantially  equivalent 
determination is usually made within 90 days, based on the information submitted by the submitter. 

In addition, we or the FDA may suspend our clinical trials at any time if it appears that we are exposing participants 
to unacceptable health risks or if the FDA finds deficiencies in the conduct of these trials. A number of companies in 
the biotechnology industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials despite promising results in 
earlier trials. In the end, we may be unable to develop marketable products. 

Modifications  to  our  devices  may  require  additional  FDA  approval  which  could  force  us  to  cease  marketing 
and/or recall the modified device until we obtain new approvals . 

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, 
or  that  would  constitute  a  major  change  in  its  intended  use,  requires  a  new  510(k)  clearance  or  could  require  a 
Premarket  approval  (“PMA”).  PMA  is  the  FDA  process  of  scientific  and  regulatory  review  to  evaluate  the  safety 
and effectiveness of Class III medical devices. Class III devices are those that support or sustain human life, are of 
substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which present a potential, unreasonable risk of 
illness or injury. Currently the Company does not market devices within this Class III category nor does it intend to 
in  the  foreseeable  future.  However,  the  FDA  requires  each  manufacturer  to  make  this  determination  in  the  first 
instance, but the FDA can review any decision. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s decision not to seek a 
new  510(k)  clearance,  the  agency  may  retroactively  require  the  manufacturer  to  seek  510(k)  clearance  or  PMA 
approval.  The  FDA  also  can  require  the  manufacturer  to  cease  marketing  and/or  recall  the  modified  device  until 
510(k)  clearance  or  PMA  approval  is  obtained.  We  have  modified  one  of  our  prescription  use,  510(k)-cleared 
devices,  specifically  the  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid  Assay  to  include  our  seraSTAT  Separator.  However,  we 
determined that, in our view, based on FDA guidance as to when to submit a 510(k) notification for changes to a 
cleared  device,  new  510(k)  clearances  or  PMA  approvals  are  not  required.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  the  FDA 
would agree with any of our decisions not to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. If the FDA requires us to seek 
510(k) clearance or PMA approval for any modification, we also may be required to cease marketing and/or recall 
the modified device until we obtain a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. 

We  are  subject  to  inspection  and  market  surveillance  by  the  FDA  to  determine  compliance  with  regulatory 
requirements.  If  the  FDA  finds  that  we  have  failed  to  comply,  the  agency  can  institute  a  wide  variety  of 
enforcement actions which may materially affect our business operations . 

We  are  subject  to  inspection  and  market  surveillance  by  the  FDA  to  determine  compliance  with  regulatory 
requirements. If the FDA finds that we have failed to comply, the agency can institute a wide variety of enforcement 
actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as: 

• 

• 

• 

fines, injunctions and civil penalties; 

recall, detention or seizure of our products; 

the issuance of public notices or warnings; 

•  operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; 

• 

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance of new products; 

•  withdrawing 510(k) clearance already granted; and 

•  criminal prosecution. 

28 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  FDA  also  has  the  authority  to  request  repair,  replacement  or  refund  of  the  cost  of  any  medical  device 
manufactured or distributed by us. Our failure to comply with applicable requirements could lead to an enforcement 
action that may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We may not have sufficient resources to effectively introduce and market our products, which could materially 
harm our operating results.  

Achieving  market  acceptance  for  our  existing  products  such  as  our  direct-to-consumer  offerings  (disposable 
breathalyzers) and clinical laboratory testing solutions (Particle Immuno Filtration Assay (“PIFA”)-based heparin-
induced  thrombocytopenia  and  infectious  disease  rapid  tests)  and  introducing  new  products  (breath  condensate 
detectors  for  the  health  &  wellness  categories)  require  substantial  marketing  efforts  and  will  require  our  sales 
account executives, contract partners, outside sales agents and distributors to make significant expenditures of time 
and money. In some instances we will be significantly or totally reliant on the marketing efforts and expenditures of 
our contract partners, outside sales agents and distributors. In early 2012 the Company reduced its account executive 
staff by 40% to streamline operations and align ABI’s sales resources with the regional sales segmentation of our 
clinical  products  distributors.  Although  this  headcount  reduction  has  positively  impacted  our  budgets  without 
negatively effecting sales in comparison to the first six months of the prior fiscal year, the large account executive 
territories may prove to be inefficient as we commercialize products and may hinder our revenue growth. 

Because  we  currently  have  very  limited  marketing  resources  and  sales  capabilities,  commercialization  of  our 
products,  some  of  which  require  regulatory  clearance  prior  to  market  entrance,  we  must  either  expand  our  own 
marketing and  sales capabilities or consider collaborating  with additional  third  parties to perform these  functions. 
We may, in some instances, rely significantly on sales, marketing and distribution arrangements with collaborative 
partners and other third parties. In these instances, our future revenue will be materially dependent upon the success 
of the efforts of these third parties. 

Should  we determine that expanding our own  marketing and sales capabilities is required,  we  may  not be able to 
attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  to  serve  in  our  sales  and  marketing  organization,  to  develop  an  effective 
distribution  network  or  to  otherwise  effectively  support  our  commercialization  activities.  The  cost  of  establishing 
and  maintaining a  more comprehensive  sales and  marketing organization  may exceed its cost effectiveness. If  we 
fail to further develop our sales and marketing capabilities, if sales efforts are not effective or if costs of increasing 
sales  and  marketing  capabilities  exceed  their  cost  effectiveness,  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition would be materially adversely affected. 

We may  not  have  the  resources  to  conduct  clinical  protocols  sufficient  to  yield  data  suitable  for  publication  in 
peer-reviewed  journals  and  our  inability  to  do  so  in  the  future  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  marketing  our 
products effectively.  

In order for our products targeted for use by hospital laboratory professionals and healthcare providers to be widely 
adopted, clinical protocols that are designed to yield data suitable for publication in peer-reviewed journals should 
be carried out. These studies are often time-consuming, labor-intensive and expensive to execute. The Company has 
not had the resources to effectively implement such clinical programs within its clinical development activities and 
may not be able to do so in the future. In addition, if a protocol is initiated, the results of which may ultimately not 
support the anticipated positioning and benefit proposition for the product. Either of these scenarios could hinder our 
ability to market our products and revenue may decline. 

Our future performance will depend largely on the success of products we have not developed yet.  

Technology is an important component of our business and growth strategy, and our success depends to a significant 
extent on the development, implementation and acceptance of new products. Commitments to develop new products 
must  be  made  well  in  advance  of  any  resulting  sales,  and  technologies  and  standards  may  change  during 
development, potentially rendering our products outdated or uncompetitive before their introduction. Our ability to 
develop  products  to  meet  evolving  industry  requirements  and  at  prices  acceptable  to  our  customers  will  be 
dependent on a number of factors including, funding availability to complete development efforts, our ability to test 
and  refine  products,  successfully  conduct  clinical  trials  and  seek  to  obtain  required  FDA  clearance  or  foreign 

29 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
approval/certification  for  products  that  require  such  regulatory  authorizations.  Physician  patients  and  third  party 
payors and the medical community may be slow to adopt any of our products. Moreover, there can be no assurance 
that  the  products  that  we  are  developing  will  receive  FDA  clearance,  work  effectively  in  the  marketplace  or  gain 
market acceptance. We may expend considerable funds and other resources on the development of next-generation 
products without any guarantee that these products will be successful. 

If  we  are  not  successful  in  bringing  new  products  to  market,  whether  because  we  fail  to  address  marketplace 
demand,  fail  to  develop  viable  technologies  or  otherwise,  our  revenue  may  decline  and  our  results  of  operations 
could be seriously harmed. 

If we fail to establish, maintain and expand relationships with distributors, sales of our products would decline.  

The  Company  does  not  control  the  efforts  of  its  distributors  and  its  distributors  are  not  prohibited  from  selling 
competing  products.  Our  ability  to  sell  our  products  depends  largely  on  the  Company’s  relationships  with  such 
distributors. Accordingly, we are subject to the risk that they may not commit the financial and other resources to 
market  and  sell  our  products  to  our  level  of  expectation,  they  may  experience  financial  hardship  or  they  may 
otherwise  terminate  our  relationship  on  short  notice.  In  the  U.S.  clinical  laboratory  marketplace,  many  of  our 
existing and potential customers purchase our products through our two national distributors, Cardinal Health, Inc. 
and Fisher HealthCare. ABI’s sales account executives work in tandem with distributor sales representatives to gain 
access  to  decision  makers  within  the  majority  of  U.S.  medical  facilities.  In  addition,  the  Company  relies  on  its 
distribution network to negotiate pricing arrangements and contracts with Group Purchasing Organizations and their 
affiliated  hospitals  and  other  members.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  81%  and  79%, 
respectively of  total revenue  from the  sale  of the Company’s Heparin/PF4 Assay products  was generated through 
our  U.S.  distributors’  purchases,  with  Cardinal  Health  accounting  for  64%  of  total  sales  for  each  year  ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012. In the future, if  we are unable to maintain existing relationships and/or grow to be 
recognized as a prominent medical device supplier within these organizations, and/or develop new relationships with 
additional U.S. and international distributors, our competitive position would likely suffer and our business would 
be harmed. 

We have just begun to develop formal business relationships with foreign distributors for all of our in-line products. 
We will therefore be dependent upon the financial  health of these organizations to further grow our business. If a 
distributor  were  to  go  out  of  business,  it  would  take  substantial  time,  cost  and  resources  to  find  a  suitable 
replacement and the product registrations and certifications held by such distributor may not be returned to us or to a 
subsequent distributor in a timely manner or at all. Any failure to produce foreign sales may negatively affect our 
profitability in the short- and long-term. Since some of our products have CE-Marks and/or are earmarked for sale in 
Europe  where  healthcare  regulation  and  reimbursement  for  medical  devices  vary  significantly  from  country  to 
country,  this  changing  environment  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  sell  our  products  in  some  European 
countries. In addition, the  Company is  working  with an exclusive distributor in  mainland China to register  ABI’s 
PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid  Assay  for  eventual  sale.  Since  additional  clinical  studies  must  be  performed  by  our 
distributor partner within Chinese healthcare facilities as part of their regulatory submission, there is no guarantee 
that  the  results  of  their  protocol  will  support  the  successful  registration  of  the  product  and  permit  sales  activity. 
Failure to gain product registration in China will hinder the Company’s ability to increase its revenue. 

Our business is vulnerable to the availability of raw materials, our ability to forecast customer demand and our 
ability to manage production capacity.  

Our  ability  to  meet  customer  demand  depends,  in  part,  on  our  production  capacity  and  on  obtaining  supplies,  a 
number  of  which  can  only  be  obtained  from  a  single  supplier  or  a  limited  number  of  suppliers.  A  reduction  or 
disruption in our production capacity or our supplies could delay products and fulfillment of orders and otherwise 
negatively impact our business. 

We  must accurately predict both the demand  for our products and the lead times required to obtain the necessary 
components  and  materials.  If  we  overestimate  demand,  we  may  experience  underutilized  capacity  and  excess 
inventory  levels.  If  we  underestimate  demand,  we  may  miss  delivery  deadlines  and  sales  opportunities  and  incur 
additional  costs  for  labor  overtime,  equipment  overuse  and  logistical  complexities.  Additionally,  our  production 
capacity could be affected by manufacturing problems. Difficulties in the production process could reduce yields or 

30 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
interrupt  production,  and,  as  a  result,  we  may  not  be  able  to  deliver  products  on  time  or  in  a  cost-effective, 
competitive  manner.  Our  failure  to  adequately  manage  our  capacity  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our ability to meet customer demand also depends on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of materials, 
parts  and  components  from  our  suppliers.  We  generally  do  not  maintain  contracts  with  any  of  our  key  suppliers. 
From  time  to  time,  suppliers  may  extend  lead  times,  limit  the  amounts  supplied  to  us  or  increase  prices  due  to 
capacity  constraints  or  other  factors.  Supply  disruptions  may  also  occur  due  to  shortages  in  critical  materials.  In 
addition, a number of our raw materials are obtained from a single supplier. Many of our suppliers must undertake a 
time-consuming qualification process before we can incorporate their raw materials into our production process. If 
we  are  unable  to  obtain  materials  from  a  qualified  supplier,  it  can  take  up  to  a  year  to  qualify  a  new  supplier, 
assuming an alternative source of supply is available. A reduction or interruption in supplies or a significant increase 
in the  price  of one or more supplies could have a  material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Our manufacturing facility is vulnerable to natural disasters and other unexpected losses, and we may not have 
adequate insurance to cover such losses.  

We have one manufacturing facility, located in Thorofare, New Jersey, for production of all of our finished goods 
production.  Our  facility  is  susceptible  to  damage  from  fire,  floods,  loss  of  power  or  water  supply, 
telecommunications  failures  and  similar  events.  Since  some  of  our  raw  materials  and  finished  goods  are 
temperature-sensitive and our facility currently does not have a back-up generator, a moderate-to-severe disruption 
in  power  may  render  various  levels  of  our  inventories  unusable  or  unsalable,  resulting  in  a  sufficient  write  off  of 
inventory and may immediately impact our ability to generate revenue. 
Any natural disaster could significantly disrupt our operations. In the event that our facility was affected by a natural 
or man-made disaster,  we  would be forced to rely on third-party  manufacturers. Our insurance  for damage to our 
property and the disruption of our business from casualties may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses 
and  may  not  continue  to  be  available  to  us  on  acceptable  terms,  or  at  all.  If  we  are  forced  to  seek  alternative 
facilities, we may incur additional transition costs and we may experience a disruption in the supply of our products 
until  the  new  facility  is  available  and  operating.  In  addition,  much  of  the  machinery  we  use  in  our  production 
process  is  custom-made.  If  such  machinery  is  damaged,  we  may  experience  a  long  lead-time  before  this  unique 
machinery is replaced or rebuilt and we are able to resume production. 

Our manufacturing and distribution operations are highly dependent on our information technology systems and we 
do not currently have a redundant data center. In the event of a failure of our primary data center, our manufacturing 
and distribution operations will be disrupted which will adversely affect our business. 

In addition, any disruption, delay, transition or expansion of our manufacturing operations could impair our ability 
to  meet  the  demand  of  our  customers  and  our  customers  may  cancel  orders  or  purchase  products  from  our 
competitors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Some of our finished goods, including our PIFA products and control materials related to PIFA Heparin/PF4 
assays, are temperature-sensitive.  

Proper packaging and time in transit are critical to the stability of some of our clinical laboratory products when they 
are en route to our distributors or end users. If certain specialized packaging materials cannot be obtained, and/or if 
our  contracted  common  carriers,  or  those  of  our  distributors,  cannot  meet  product-specific  delivery  requirements, 
our products may not perform as intended and may lead to requests for product replacement. If such issues become 
widespread it could hurt our reputation and we could potentially lose customers which would adversely affect our 
business. 

Also,  given  the  issue  of  temperature  sensitivity,  time  in  transit  may  limit  our  ability  to  service  potential  markets 
outside of the U.S. for those products, especially those with geographies that do not allow for shipment and customs 
clearance within four business days. This could adversely affect our potential to generate revenue for some products 
on an international level. 

31 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We  are  subject  to  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws,  which  could  increase  our  costs  and  restrict  our 
operations in the future.  

Our operations are subject to environmental,  health and safety laws and  regulations in each of the jurisdictions in 
which we operate. These laws and regulations concern, among other things, the generation, handling, transportation 
and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, the clean-up of hazardous substance releases, and the emission or 
discharge  of  materials  into  the  air  or  water.  Although  we  currently  incur  limited  expenditures  in  connection  with 
these environmental health and safety laws and regulations, if we fail to comply with the requirements of such laws 
and regulations or if such laws changes significantly in the future, we could incur substantial additional costs to alter 
our  manufacturing  processes  and/or  adjust  our  supply  chain  management.  Such  changes  could  also  result  in 
significant  inventory  obsolescence.  Compliance  with  environmental,  health  and  safety  requirements  could  also 
restrict our ability to expand our facilities in the future. 

Our business is vulnerable to inflation.  

We  are  limited  in  our  ability  to  raise  prices  for  some  products,  particularly  in  the  clinical  laboratory  marketplace 
where  cost-containment  pressures  are  significant.  As  a  result,  increases  in  our  raw  materials,  production  and 
transportation costs may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 

Demands  of  third-party  payors,  cost  reduction  pressures  among  our  customers  and  restrictive  reimbursement 
practices may adversely affect our revenue.  

Our ability to negotiate favorable contracts with non-governmental payors, including managed-care plans or Group 
Purchasing  Organizations  (“GPOs”),  even  if  facilitated  by  our  distributors,  may  significantly  affect  revenue  and 
operating results. Our customers continue to face cost reduction pressures that may cause them to curtail their use of, 
or  reimbursement  for  some  of  our  products,  to  negotiate  reduced  fees  or  other  concessions  or  to  delay  payment. 
Furthermore,  the  increasing  leverage  of  organized  buying  groups  among  non-governmental  payors  may  reduce 
market prices for our products and services, thereby reducing our profitability. Reductions in price increases or the 
amounts received from current customers or lower pricing for our products to new customers could have a material 
adverse effect on the financial position, cash flows and results of operations. 

Failure to obtain medical reimbursement for our products under development, as well as a changing regulatory 
and reimbursement environment, may impact our business.  

The U.S. healthcare regulatory environment  may change in a  way that restricts our ability  to  market our products 
due to medical coverage or reimbursement limits. Sales of our diagnostic tests will depend in part on the extent to 
which the costs of such tests are covered by health maintenance, managed care, and similar healthcare management 
organizations, or reimbursed by government health payor administration authorities, private health coverage insurers 
and  other  third-party  payors.  These  healthcare  payors  are  increasingly  challenging  the  prices  charged  for  medical 
products and services. The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments. 
Accordingly,  our  potential  products  may  not  be  considered  to  be  cost  effective,  and  reimbursement  may  not  be 
available or sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a competitive  basis. Legislation and regulations affecting 
reimbursement for our products may change at any time and in ways that are difficult to predict and these changes 
may be adverse to us. 

CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, along with its contractors, establishes 
coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  for  the  Medicare  program.  In  addition,  private  payors  often  follow  the 
coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  of  Medicare.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  government  or  private  third-party 
payors will cover and reimburse the procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future or that payment 
rates will be adequate. 

For  some  of  our  products,  our  success  in  non-U.S.  markets  may  depend  upon  the  availability  of  coverage  and 
reimbursement  from  the  third-party  payors  through  which  health  care  providers  are  paid  in  those  markets.  Health 
care  payment  systems  in  non-U.S.  markets  vary  significantly  by  country,  and  include  single-payor,  government 
managed systems as well as systems in which private payors and government-managed systems exist, side-by-side. 
For  some  of  our  products,  our  ability  to  achieve  market  acceptance  or  significant  sales  volume  in  international 

32 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
markets may be dependent on the availability of reimbursement for our products under health care payment systems 
in  such  markets.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  reimbursement  for  our  products,  will  be  obtained  or  that  such 
reimbursement will be adequate. 

Health  care  legislation,  including  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act  and  the  Health  Insurance 
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, may have a material adverse effect on us.  

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by 
government  and  private  insurers,  encourages  improvements  in  healthcare  quality,  and  impacts  the  medical  device 
industry. The PPACA includes an excise tax on entities that manufacture or import medical devices offered for sale 
in  the  United  States;  a  new  Patient-Centered  Outcomes  Research  Institute  to  conduct  comparative  effectiveness 
research; and payment system reforms. 

The  PPACA  also  imposes  new  reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  on  device  and  drug  manufacturers  for  any 
payment or transfer of value made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. Under these provisions, known 
as  the  Physician  Payment  Sunshine  Act,  affected  device  and  drug  manufacturers  need  to  begin  data  collection  on 
August 1, 2013, with the first reports due in 2014. These provisions require, among other things, extensive tracking 
and  maintenance  of  databases  regarding  the  disclosure  of  relationships  and  payments  to  physicians  and  teaching 
hospitals. In addition, certain states have passed or are considering legislation restricting our interactions with health 
care  providers  and/or  requiring  disclosure  of  many  payments  to  them.  Failure  to  comply  with  these  tracking  and 
reporting laws could subject us to significant civil monetary penalties. 

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created new federal statutes to prevent 
healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly 
and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of 
this  statute  is  a  felony  and  may  result  in  fines,  imprisonment  or  exclusion  from  government  sponsored  programs 
such  as  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs.  The  false  statements  statute  prohibits  knowingly  and  willfully 
falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement 
in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is 
a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. HIPAA also 
established uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the 
security  and  privacy  of  individually  identifiable  health  information  maintained  or  transmitted  by  healthcare 
providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses. 

Both  federal  and  state  government  agencies  are  continuing  heightened  and  coordinated  civil  and  criminal 
enforcement efforts. As part of announced enforcement agency work plans, the federal government will continue to 
scrutinize,  among  other  things,  the  billing  practices  of  hospitals  and  other  providers  of  healthcare  services.  The 
federal government also has increased funding to fight healthcare fraud, and it is coordinating its enforcement efforts 
among various agencies, such as the U.S. Department of Justice, the Office of Inspector General and state Medicaid 
fraud  control  units.  We  believe  that  the  healthcare  industry  will  continue  to  be  subject  to  increased  government 
scrutiny and investigations. 

We may fail to recruit and retain qualified personnel.  

We  expect to rapidly expand  our operations and  grow our  sales,  development and administrative operations. This 
expansion is expected to place a significant strain on our management and will require hiring a significant number of 
qualified personnel. Accordingly, recruiting and retaining such personnel in the future will be critical to our success. 
There is intense competition from other companies for qualified personnel in the areas of our activities, particularly 
sales, marketing and research & development. If we fail to identify, attract, retain and motivate these highly skilled 
personnel, we may be unable to continue our marketing and development activities, and this could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. 

We may face risks in connection with potential acquisitions.  

We may look to acquire businesses that complement or expand our operations as part of our business strategy going 
forward. We may not be able to successfully identify attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate favorable terms in 

33 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
the  future.  Furthermore,  our  ability  to  effectively  integrate  any  future  acquisitions  will  depend  on,  among  other 
things, the adequacy of our implementation plans, the ability of our management to oversee and operate effectively 
the combined operations and our ability to achieve desired operational efficiencies. If we are unable to successfully 
integrate the operations of any businesses that we may acquire in the future, our business, financial position, results 
of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected. 

We rely on key executive officers, and their knowledge of our business and technical expertise would be difficult 
to replace.  

We  are  highly  dependent  on  our  Executive  Chairman,  Raymond  F.  Akers,  Jr.,  PhD  because  of  his  expertise  and 
experience  in  biotechnology  and  diagnostics.  We  have  a  three  year  employment  agreement  with  Dr.  Akers 
containing customary non-disclosure, non-compete, confidentiality and assignment of inventions provisions. We do 
not  have  “key  person”  life  insurance  policies  for  any  of  our  officers.  The  loss  of  the  technical  knowledge  and 
management and industry expertise of any of our key personnel could result in delays in product development, loss 
of customers and sales and diversion of management resources, which could adversely affect our operating results. 

We may need to obtain additional licenses to patents or other proprietary rights from other parties.  

To facilitate development and commercialization of a proprietary technology base, we may need to obtain additional 
licenses  to  patents  or  other  proprietary  rights  from  other  parties.  Obtaining  and  maintaining  these  licenses,  which 
may not be available, may require the payment of up-front fees and royalties. In addition, if we are unable to obtain 
these types of licenses, our product development and commercialization efforts may be delayed or precluded. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  protect  or  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights,  which  could  impair  our  competitive 
position.  

Our  success  depends  significantly  on  our  ability  to  protect  our  rights  to  the  patents,  trademarks,  trade  secrets, 
copyrights and all other intellectual property rights used in our products. Protecting our intellectual property rights is 
costly and time consuming.  We rely primarily on patent  protection and trade secrets,  as  well as a combination of 
copyright  and  trademark  laws  and  nondisclosure  and  confidentiality  agreements  to  protect  our  technology  and 
intellectual  property  rights.  However,  these  legal  means  afford  only  limited  protection  and  may  not  adequately 
protect our rights or permit us to gain or maintain any competitive advantage. Despite our intellectual property rights 
practices,  it  may  be  possible  for  a  third  party  to  copy  or  otherwise  obtain  and  use  our  technology  without 
authorization, develop similar technology independently or design around our patents. 

We cannot be assured that any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent to us. The 
U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office,  or  PTO,  may  deny  or  require  significant  narrowing  of  claims  in  our  pending 
patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with 
significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial 
costs in proceedings before the PTO. Our issued and licensed patents and those that may be issued or licensed in the 
future  may  expire  or  may  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  circumvented,  which  could  limit  our  ability  to  stop 
competitors  from  marketing  related  technologies.  Upon  expiration  of  our  issued  or  licensed  patents,  we  may  lose 
some of our rights to exclude others from making, using, selling or importing products using the technology based 
on the expired patents. There is no assurance that competitors will not be able to design around our patents. We also 
rely on unpatented proprietary technology. We cannot assure you that we can meaningfully protect all our rights in 
our  unpatented  proprietary  technology  or  that  others  will  not  independently  develop  substantially  equivalent 
proprietary  products  or  processes  or  otherwise  gain  access  to  our  unpatented  proprietary  technology.  Further,  we 
may not be able to obtain patent protection or secure other intellectual property rights in all the countries in which 
we operate, and under the laws of such countries, patents and other intellectual property rights may be unavailable or 
limited in scope. If any of our patents fail to protect our technology, it would make it easier for our competitors to 
offer  similar  products.  Our  trade  secrets  may  be  vulnerable  to  disclosure  or  misappropriation  by  employees, 
contractors and other persons. Any inability on our part to adequately protect our intellectual property may have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

34 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Expenses  incurred  with  respect  to  monitoring,  protecting,  and  defending  our  intellectual  property  rights  could 
adversely affect our business.  

Competitors  and  others  may  infringe  on  our  intellectual  property  rights,  or  may  allege  that  we  have  infringed  on 
theirs. Monitoring infringement and misappropriation of intellectual property can be difficult and expensive, and we 
may not be able to detect infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights. 

We  may  incur  substantial  costs  as  a  result  of  litigation  or  other  proceedings  relating  to  patent  and  other 
intellectual property rights and we may be unable to protect our rights to, or use of, our technology.  

Some or all of our patent applications may not issue as patents, or  the claims of any issued patents may not afford 
meaningful protection for our technologies or products. In addition, patents issued to us or our licensors, if any, may 
be  challenged  and  subsequently  narrowed,  invalidated,  found  unenforceable  or  circumvented.  Patent  litigation  is 
widespread in the biotechnology industry and could harm our business. Litigation might be necessary to protect our 
patent  position.  Patentability,  invalidity,  freedom-to-operate  or  other  opinions  may  be  required  to  determine  the 
scope and validity of third-party proprietary rights. If we choose to go to court to stop a third party from using the 
inventions protected by our patent, that third party would have the right to ask the court to rule that such patents are 
invalid and/or should not be enforced against that third party. These lawsuits are expensive and we may not have the 
required resources to pursue such litigation or to protect our patent rights. In addition, there is a risk that the court 
will decide that our patents are not valid or that we cannot stop the other party from using their inventions. There is 
also the risk that, even if the validity of these patents is upheld, the court will find that the third party’s activities do 
not infringe our rights in these patents. On January 9, 2012, the Company was notified of an action to recover unpaid 
royalties  for  the  exclusive  use  of  a  patent  used  in  the  production  of  our  MPC  Biosensor  products  (MicroParticle 
Catalyzed  Biosensor).  The  dispute  related  to  the  method  used  to  calculate  royalty  payments  and  the  scope  of  the 
products involved for the period dated March 17, 2007 through March 19, 2012. On April 23, 2012, the Company 
agreed to an arbitration settlement of $137,791. On January 11, 2012, the Company was notified of a demand  for 
arbitration  from  Trinity  Biotech  Manufacturing  Limited  related  to  the  distributor  agreement  between  the  parties 
dated  June  19,  2008.  On  October  15,  2012,  the  Company  agreed  to  an  arbitration  settlement  of  $118,000.  The 
settlement is being paid over 13 months, with an initial payment of $18,000 and 12 equal payments of $8,333. 

Furthermore, a third party may claim that we are infringing the third party’s patent rights and may go to court to stop 
us from engaging in our normal operations and activities, including making or selling our product candidates. These 
lawsuits  are  costly  and  could  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  divert  the  attention  of  managerial  and  technical 
personnel. There is a risk that a court would decide that we are infringing the third party’s patents and would order 
us to stop the activities covered by the patents. In addition, there is a risk that a court will order us to pay the other 
party’s treble damages or attorneys’ fees for having violated the other party’s patents. The biotechnology industry 
has produced a proliferation of patents, and it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents 
cover various types of products or methods of use. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, 
and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate 
that our products or methods of use either do not infringe the claims of the relevant patent and/or that the third party 
patent claims are invalid, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity in the United Sates, in particular, is 
difficult  since  it  requires  a  showing  of  clear  and  convincing  evidence  to  overcome  the  presumption  of  validity 
enjoyed by issued patents. 

In addition, changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries 
may  materially  diminish  the  value  of  our  intellectual  property  or  narrow  the  scope  of  our  patent  protection.  In 
September 2011, the U.S. Congress passed the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (“AIA”) which became effective 
in March 2013. The AIA reforms United States patent law in part by changing the standard for patent approval for 
certain  patents  from  a  “first  to  invent”  standard  to  a  “first  to  file”  standard  and  developing  a  post-grant  review 
system. It is too early to determine what the effect or impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business and 
the protection and enforcement of our intellectual property. However, the AIA and its implementation could increase 
the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of 
our  issued  patents,  all  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and  financial  condition. 
Because  some  patent  applications  in  the  United  States  may  be  maintained  in  secrecy  until  the  patents  are  issued, 
patent  applications  in  the  United  States  and  many  foreign  jurisdictions  are  typically  not  published  until  eighteen 
months  after  filing,  and  publications  in  the  scientific  literature  often  lag  behind  actual  discoveries.  We  cannot  be 

35 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
certain  that  others  have  not  filed  patent  applications  for  technology  covered  by  our  issued  patents  or  our pending 
applications or that we were the first to invent the technology (pre-AIA) or first to file (post-AIA). Our competitors 
may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering technology similar or the same as ours. Any 
such patent application may have priority over our patent application and could further require us to obtain rights to 
such technologies in order to carry on our business. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions 
similar or the same as ours, we may have to participate in an interference or other proceeding in the U.S. Patent and 
Trademark  Office,  or  the  USPTO,  or  a  court  to  determine  priority  of  invention  in  the  United  States,  for  pre-AIA 
applications  and  patents.  The  costs  of  these  proceedings  could  be  substantial,  and  it  is  possible  that  such  efforts 
would be unsuccessful, resulting in a loss of our U.S. patent position with respect to such inventions. 

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can 
because they have substantially greater resources. To date, neither the Company, its founders, directors nor officers 
have been involved in any material litigation relating to Company matters. In addition, any uncertainties resulting 
from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the 
funds necessary to continue our operations. 

Our failure to secure trademark registrations could adversely affect our ability to market our product candidates 
and our business.  

Our trademark applications in the United States and any other jurisdictions where we may file may not be allowed 
registration, and we may not be able to maintain or enforce our registered trademarks. During trademark registration 
proceedings,  we  may  receive  rejections.  Although  we  are  given  an  opportunity  to  respond  to  those  rejections,  we 
may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in corresponding foreign agencies, third 
parties  are  given  an  opportunity  to  oppose  pending  trademark  applications  and  to  seek  to  cancel  registered 
trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings  may be  filed against our applications and/or registrations, and 
our  applications  and/or  registrations  may  not  survive  such  proceedings.  Failure  to  secure  such  trademark 
registrations in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions could adversely affect our ability to market our product 
candidates and our business. 

We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their 
former employers.  

As  is  common  in  the  biotechnology  and  pharmaceutical  industry,  we  employ  individuals  who  were  previously 
employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. 
Although  the  Company  has  no  knowledge  of  any  claims  against  us,  we  may  be  subject  to  claims  that  these 
employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of 
their  former  employers.  Litigation  may  be  necessary  to  defend  against  these  claims.  Even  if  we  are  successful  in 
defending against these claims, litigation could result in  substantial costs and be a distraction to  management.  To 
date, none of our employees have been subject to such claims. 

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property outside of the United States.  

The  laws  in  some  foreign  jurisdictions  may  not  provide  protection  for  our  trade  secrets  and  other  intellectual 
property. If our trade secrets or other intellectual property are misappropriated in foreign jurisdictions, we  may be 
without adequate remedies to address these issues. Additionally, we also rely on confidentiality and assignment of 
invention agreements to protect our intellectual property. These agreements may provide for contractual remedies in 
the event of misappropriation. We do not know to what extent, if any, these agreements and any remedies for their 
breach, will be enforced by a foreign or domestic court. In the event our intellectual property is misappropriated or 
infringed upon and an adequate remedy is not available, our future prospects will likely diminish. 

Additionally, prosecuting and maintaining intellectual property (particularly patent) rights are very costly endeavors. 
We do not know whether legal and government fees will increase substantially and therefore are unable to predict 
whether cost may factor into our intellectual property strategy. 

If we deliver products with defects, we may be subject to product recalls or negative publicity, our credibility may 
be harmed, market acceptance of our products may decrease and we may be exposed to liability.  

36 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  manufacturing  and  marketing  of  professional  and  consumer  diagnostics  involve  an  inherent  risk  of  product 
liability  claims.  For  example,  a  defect  in  one  of  our  diagnostic  products  could  lead  to  a  false  positive  or  false 
negative  result,  affecting the  eventual diagnosis. Our product development and production are extremely complex 
and could expose our products to defects. Manufacturing and design defects could lead to recalls (either voluntary or 
required by the FDA or other government authorities) and could result in the removal of a product from the market. 
Defects in our products could also harm our reputation, lead to product liability claims, claims that inaccurate test 
results lead to death or injury, negative publicity and decrease sales of our products. We have obtained $10,000,000 
of  product  liability  insurance  and  we  have  never  received  a  product  liability  claim,  and  have  generally  not  seen 
product liability claims for screening tests that are accompanied by appropriate disclaimers. However, in the event 
there is a claim, this insurance may not fully cover our potential liabilities. In addition, as we attempt to bring new 
products to market, we may need to increase our product liability coverage which would be a significant additional 
expense that we may not be able to afford. If we are unable to obtain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable 
cost  to  protect  us,  we  may  be  forced  to  abandon  efforts  to  commercialize  our  products  or  those  of  our  strategic 
partners, which would reduce our revenue. 

If our estimates relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions or judgments that change or 
prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  operating  results  could  fall  below  expectations  of  financial  analysts  and  investors, 
resulting in a decline in our stock price.  

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates, 
assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We 
base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under 
the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets, 
liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may 
be  adversely  affected  if  our  assumptions  change  or  if  actual  circumstances  differ  from  those  in  our  assumptions, 
which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of financial analysts and investors, resulting in 
a decline in our stock price. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our financial statements include 
those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  inventory,  product  warranties,  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  stock-based 
compensation expense and income taxes. 

As  an  emerging  growth  company  within  the  meaning  of  the  Securities  Act,  we  will  utilize  certain  modified 
disclosure  requirements,  and  we  cannot  be  certain  if  these  reduced  requirements  will  make our  common  stock 
less attractive to investors.  

We are an emerging growth company within the  meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We  have utilized, 
and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to 
emerging  growth  companies,  including  reduced  disclosure  about  our  executive  compensation  and  omission  of 
compensation  discussion  and  analysis,  and  an  exemption  from  the  requirement  of  holding  a  nonbinding  advisory 
vote on executive compensation. In addition,  we  will  not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act, including the additional testing of our internal control over  financial reporting as  may occur 
when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting, and we have elected to delay adoption 
of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have 
access to certain information they may deem important. 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended 
transition  period  provided  in  Section  7(a)(2)(B)  of  the  Securities  Act  which  allows  us  to  delay  the  adoption  of 
compliance with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of 
certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to 
utilize  this  extended  transition  period.  Our  financial  statements  may  therefore  not  be  comparable  to  those  of 
companies  that  comply  with  such  new  or  revised  accounting  standards  as  they  become  applicable  to  public 
companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these 
exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading 
market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. 

37 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the 
first  fiscal  year  in  which  our  annual  gross  revenue  exceeds  $1  billion,  (ii)  the  date  that  we  become  a  “large 
accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our 
common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently 
completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible 
debt during the preceding three-year period. 

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform 
an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our 
financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm 
performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses may have been identified. 
For so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years 
following this offering, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future 
annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course 
of  the  evaluation,  documentation  or  attestation,  we  or  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  may 
identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the 
deferred implementation of this additional level of review. 

Our  legal  counsel  has  advised  us  that  we  may  have  violated  Section  402  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002, 
which prohibits an issuer from extending or maintaining personal loans to its directors or executive officers. As a 
result, we could become subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions or penalties and we may also face 
potential private securities litigation.  

On  September 14, 2012, the Company entered into a  Securities Purchase  Agreement (the  “Purchase  Agreement”) 
with  Mr.  Thomas  J.  Knox.  Pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreement,  Mr.  Knox  purchased,  amongst  other  things, 
10,000,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock were convertible at any time into 
320,512 shares of common stock. The Company requested that Mr. Knox convert the Series A Preferred Stock, and 
though under no obligation to do so, on November 15, 2013, Mr. Knox converted all 10,000,000 shares of Series A 
Preferred Stock into 320,512 shares of common stock pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock. In order 
to satisfy the required onetime payment of $500,000 (the “Purchase Price”) due upon conversion as set forth in the 
Purchase  Agreement,  Mr.  Knox  issued  a  promissory  note  in  favor  of  the  Company  for  the  principal  aggregate 
amount of $500,000 (the “2013 Knox Note”). The 2013 Knox Note required payment of the principal in full prior to 
maturity date of November 15, 2014 (the “Maturity Date”) with interest on the unpaid principal balance at the rate 
of the thirty day average LIBOR per annum commencing on November 15, 2013. The 320,512 shares of common 
stock were to be held by the Company as collateral until all amounts owing under the 2013 Knox Note were paid in 
full. 

We  have  taken  immediate  steps  to  address  the  above  situation  by  cancelling  the  2013  Knox  Note  and  seeking 
immediate  repayment  from  Mr.  Knox.  On  December  3,  2013  the  Company  issued  Mr.  Knox  261,997  shares  of 
common stock and cancelled the remaining shares issuable to him under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock in 
full  satisfaction  of  the  Purchase  Price.  Section  402  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  prohibits  public  U.S. 
companies,  including  us,  from  extending  or  maintaining  personal  loans  to  its  directors  or  executive  officers.  The 
arrangements  with  Mr.  Knox  may  have  violated  this  prohibition.  The  potential  violation  of  the  Section  402  may 
cause  governmental  authorities,  such  as  the  SEC  or  other  U.S.  authorities,  to  impose  certain  criminal,  civil,  and 
administrative sanctions or penalties upon us. Similarly, private parties may also bring civil litigations against us for 
such violations. 

Risks Related to the Market 

Recent global economic trends could adversely affect our business, liquidity and financial results.  

Recent global economic conditions, including a disruption of financial markets, could adversely affect us, primarily 
through  limiting  our  access  to  capital.  In  addition,  the  continuation  or  worsening  of  general  market  conditions  in 
economies  important  to  our  businesses  may  adversely  affect  our  clients’  level  of  spending  and  ability  to  obtain 
financing, leading to us being unable to generate the levels of sales that we require. Current and continued disruption 

38 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
of financial markets could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of 
operations and future prospects. 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock 

We currently have a limited trading volume, which results in higher price volatility for, and reduced liquidity of, 
our common stock.  

There has been limited trading of our common stock in the U.S since  we began trading on the NASDAQ Capital 
Market in January 2014. Since 2002, our shares of common stock have been listed for trading on AIM. However, 
historically there has been limited volume of trading in our common stock on AIM, which has limited the liquidity 
of our common stock on that market. We cannot predict whether or how investor interest in our common stock on 
the  AIM  market might translate to the  market price of our common stock or the development of an active trading 
market in the U.S. or how liquid that market might become. 

Furthermore, if we cease to be listed on AIM or NASDAQ, holders would find it more difficult to dispose of, or to 
obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of, our common stock, and the market value of our common stock 
would likely decline. 

If and when a larger trading market for our common stock develops, the market price of our common stock is 
still likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations, and you may be unable to resell your shares at or 
above the price at which you acquired them.  

The market price of our common stock is likely to be  highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in 
response to a number of factors that are beyond our control, including, but not limited to: 

•  variations in our revenue and operating expenses; 

•  actual  or  anticipated  changes  in  the  estimates  of  our  operating  results  or  changes  in  stock  market  analyst 
recommendations regarding our ordinary shares, other comparable companies or our industry generally; 

•  market conditions in our industry and the economy as a whole; 

•  developments in the financial markets and worldwide or regional economies; 

•  announcements of innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors; 

•  announcements by the government relating to regulations that govern our industry; 

• 

sales of our common stock or other securities by us or in the open market; and 

•  changes in the market valuations of other comparable companies. 

In addition, if the market for biotech stocks or the stock market in general experiences loss of investor confidence, 
the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline  for  reasons  unrelated  to  our  business,  financial  condition  or 
operating results. The trading price of our shares might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies 
in our industry, even if these events do not directly affect us. Each of these factors, among others, could harm the 
value of your investment in our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market, securities 
class-action  litigation  has  often  been  instituted  against  companies.  Such  litigation,  if  instituted  against  us,  could 
result  in  substantial  costs  and  diversion  of  management’s  attention  and  resources,  which  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Our  common  stock  is  listed  on  two  separate  stock  markets  and  investors  seeking  to  take  advantage  of  price 
differences between such markets may create unexpected volatility in our share price; in addition, investors may 
not be able to easily move shares for trading between such markets.  

39 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our common stock is already admitted to trading on  AIM  and the NASDAQ Capital Market. Price  levels for our 
ordinary shares could fluctuate significantly on either market, independent of our share price on the other market. 
Investors could seek to sell or buy our shares to take advantage of any price differences between the two markets 
through  a  practice  referred  to  as  arbitrage.  Any  arbitrage  activity  could  create  unexpected  volatility  on  either 
exchange with respect to both our share price and the volume of shares available for trading. In addition, holders of 
shares  in  either  jurisdiction  will  not  be  immediately  able  to  transfer  such  shares  for  trading  on  the  other  market 
without effecting necessary procedures with our transfer agent. This could result in time delays and additional cost 
for our shareholders. Further, if we are unable to continue to meet the regulatory requirements for listing on AIM or 
NASDAQ, we may lose our listing on AIM or NASDAQ, which could impair the liquidity of our shares. 

Our stock price could fall and we could be delisted from the NASDAQ in which case U.S. broker-dealers may be 
discouraged from effecting transactions in shares of our common stock because they may be considered penny 
stocks and thus be subject to the penny stock rules.  

The SEC has adopted a number of rules to regulate “penny stock” that restricts transactions involving stock which is 
deemed to be penny stock. Such rules include Rules 3a51-1, 15g-1, 15g-2, 15g-3, 15g-4, 15g-5, 15g-6, 15g-7, and 
15g-9 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These rules may have the effect of reducing the 
liquidity of penny stocks.  “Penny  stocks”  generally are equity  securities  with a price  of  less  than $5.00 per share 
(other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market if 
current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or 
system). Our securities have in the past constituted, and may again in the future constitute, “penny stock” within the 
meaning of the rules. The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon U.S. broker-dealers 
may  discourage  such  broker-dealers  from  effecting  transactions  in  shares  of  our  common  stock,  which  could 
severely limit the market liquidity of such shares and impede their sale in the secondary market. 

A  U.S.  broker-dealer  selling  penny  stock  to  anyone  other  than  an  established  customer  or  “accredited  investor” 
(generally,  an  individual  with  net  worth  in  excess  of  $1,000,000  or  an  annual  income  exceeding  $200,000,  or 
$300,000 together with his or her spouse) must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and must 
receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is 
otherwise exempt. In addition, the “penny stock” regulations require the U.S. broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any 
transaction involving a “penny stock”, a disclosure schedule prepared in accordance with SEC standards relating to 
the “penny stock” market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. A U.S. broker-dealer is 
also required to disclose commissions payable to the U.S. broker-dealer and the registered representative and current 
quotations for the securities. Finally, a U.S. broker-dealer is required to submit monthly statements disclosing recent 
price information with respect to the “penny stock” held in a customer’s account and information with respect to the 
limited market in “penny stocks”. 

Stockholders  should  be  aware  that,  according  to  SEC,  the  market  for  “penny  stocks”  has  suffered  in  recent  years 
from patterns of  fraud and abuse. Such patterns include  (i) control of the  market  for the security by one or a few 
broker-dealers  that  are  often  related  to  the  promoter  or  issuer;  (ii)  manipulation  of  prices  through  prearranged 
matching  of  purchases  and  sales  and  false  and  misleading  press  releases;  (iii)  “boiler  room”  practices  involving 
high-pressure  sales  tactics  and  unrealistic  price  projections  by  inexperienced  sales  persons;  (iv)  excessive  and 
undisclosed bid-ask differentials and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (v) the wholesale dumping of the same 
securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired level, resulting in investor 
losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although 
we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the 
market,  management  will strive  within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns  from 
being established with respect to our securities. 

We  have  not  paid  dividends in  the  past  and  do  not  expect  to  pay  dividends  for  the  foreseeable  future,  and  any 
return on investment may be limited to potential future appreciation on the value of our common stock.  

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to support the development and expansion of our business and do 
not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our payment of any future dividends will be at the 
discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  after  taking  into  account  various  factors,  including  without  limitation,  our 

40 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
financial condition, operating results, cash needs, growth plans and the terms of any credit agreements that we may 
be a party to at the time. To the extent we do not pay dividends, our stock may be less valuable because a return on 
investment  will  only  occur  if  and  to  the  extent  our  stock  price  appreciates,  which  may  never  occur.  In  addition, 
investors  must  rely  on  sales  of  their  common  stock  after  price  appreciation  as  the  only  way  to  realize  their 
investment, and if the price of our stock does not appreciate, then there will be no return on investment. Investors 
seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock. 

Non-U.S. investors may have difficulty effecting service of process against us or enforcing judgments against us 
in courts of non-U.S. jurisdictions.  

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the State of New Jersey. All of our directors and officers reside in 
the  United  States.  It  may  not  be  possible  for  non-U.S.  investors  to  effect  service  of  process  within  their  own 
jurisdictions  upon  our  company  and  our  directors  and  officers.  In  addition,  it  may  not  be  possible  for  non-U.S. 
investors  to  collect  from  our  company,  its  directors  and  officers,  judgments  obtained  in  courts  in  such  non-U.S. 
jurisdictions predicated on non-U.S. legislation. 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or 
our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading 
volume could decline.  

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities 
analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us 
change  their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide  more  favorable relative recommendations 
about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage 
of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in 
turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

The requirements of being a U.S. public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.  

As a U.S. public company, we will be or become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements 
of NASDAQ, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will 
increase our legal and financial compliance costs,  make  some activities  more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, 
and  increase  demand  on  our  systems  and  resources.  The  Exchange  Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we  file 
annual and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. 

As  a  result  of  disclosure  in  filings  required  of  a  public  company,  our  business  and  financial  condition  will 
become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors 
and  other  third  parties.  If  such  claims  are  successful,  our  business  and  operating  results  could  be  harmed, 
and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and 
resources necessary to resolve them, could divert resources of our management and harm our business and 
operating results. 

We will incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company and such costs may increase when 
we cease to be an emerging growth company.  

As a publicly traded company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses estimated to range from $150,000 
to $250,000 per year, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company 
whose  securities  are  registered  under  the  Exchange,  as  well  as  additional  corporate  governance  requirements, 
including  applicable  requirements  under  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  and  other  rules  implemented  by  the  SEC.  The 
expenses  incurred  by  public  companies  generally  for  reporting  and  corporate  governance  purposes  have  been 
increasing. We expect compliance with these public reporting requirements and associated rules and regulations to 
increase our legal and financial costs, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, and to make 
some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any 
degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain 
types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy 

41 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
limits  and  coverage  or  incur  substantially  higher  costs  to  obtain  the  same  or  similar  coverage.  These  laws  and 
regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of 
directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Further, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a 
public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action 
and, potentially, civil litigation. 

The  recently  enacted  JOBS  Act  reduces  certain  disclosure  requirements  for  emerging  growth  companies,  thereby 
decreasing related regulatory compliance costs. We qualify as an emerging growth company as of the date of this 
offering. However, when we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will be unable to take advantage of the 
reduced regulatory requirements and any associated cost savings. 

Efforts to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant 
expenditures, and non-compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us and the 
market price of our common stock.  

Under current SEC rules, beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, we will be required to report on 
our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404 of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  and  related  rules 
and  regulations  of  the  SEC;  although,  as  an  emerging  growth  company,  we  are  exempt  from  the  requirement  to 
provide an auditor attestation to management’s assessment of its internal controls as required by Section 404(b) of 
the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act.  We  will  be  required  to  review  on  an  annual  basis  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial 
reporting.  As  a  result,  we  expect  to  incur  additional  expenses  in  the  near  term  that  may  negatively  impact  our 
financial  performance  and  our  ability  to  make  distributions.  This  process  also  will  result  in  a  diversion  of 
management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and 
remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is 
effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event 
that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 

Not applicable. 

Item 2. Property. 

Our corporate headquarters which houses our research and development, engineering, manufacturing, operations and 
support personnel, is located in Thorofare, New Jersey, in an office consisting of a total of 17,000 square feet. For 
the  past  ten  years,  the  Company  has  leased  this  facility  at  this  location.  The  current  lease  term  is  effective  from 
January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2019 with an annual rent of $132,000. 

We believe our current facilities are sufficient for our current needs and will be adequate, or that suitable additional 
or substitute space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, for the foreseeable future. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

From  time  to  time,  we  are  a  party  to  litigation  and  subject  to  claims  incident  to  the  ordinary  course  of  business. 
Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability 
and validity of third party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. 

On November 7, 2013, the Company received a letter from counsel to Rapid Breath Diagnostics, LLC, among others 
(collectively,  “RBD”) alleging, among other things, the violation of certain rights purported to have been  granted 
with  respect  to  a  purported  Distributor  and  License  Agreement.  Additionally,  RBD  claims  that  the  Company  has 
violated certain rights of RBD with respect to the Company’s Ketone Check and Metron products. RBD is alleging 
that it  has  suffered $250,000 in damages and that it  has development and ownership of  the  market  use of Ketone 
Check  for  the  management  of  neurological  diseases  as  well  as  rights  to  the  name  “Metron”.  Notwithstanding  the 

42 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
allegations  set  forth  by  RBD,  the  purported  Distributor  and  License  Agreement  was  never  fully  executed  by  the 
parties and thus is not in effect. The Company is vigorously defending itself against RBD’s allegations. 

With the  exception of the  foregoing dispute, the  Company is  not involved in any disputes and does  not  have any 
litigation matters pending. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

Item  5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities. 

(a) Market Information 

We began trading on The NASDAQ Capital Market on January 23, 2014 and have not been previously listed on any 
other U.S. market. However, our shares are currently listed on AIM under the symbol “AKR.L”. Our shares began 
trading on AIM in May 2002. 

The following table shows the high and low market prices, for our shares since we began trading on the NASDAQ 
Capital Market. 

Quarter ended 

   Low Price 

     High Price 

January 23, 2014 - March 25, 2014 

  $ 

4.47     $ 

5.52   

The following table shows the high and low market prices, for our shares for each fiscal  quarter for the two most 
recent  fiscal  years.  Market  prices  for  our  shares  have  fluctuated  significantly  since  they  were  listed  on  AIM  and 
trading volume on AIM have been very small in relation to the number of our total outstanding shares. As a result, 
the market prices shown in the following table may not be indicative of the market prices at which our shares will 
trade after this offering. 

Period 
Fourth Quarter 2013 
Third Quarter 2013 
Second Quarter 2013 
First Quarter 2013 
Fourth Quarter 2012 
Third Quarter 2012 
Second Quarter 2012 
First Quarter 2012 
Fourth Quarter 2011 
Third Quarter 2011 
Second Quarter 2011 
First Quarter 2011 

High 
GBP 

     USD 

  £  6.9108     $ 11.1015     £ 3.6348     $ 5.8389     $ 
     3.9468        6.3686       1.6380       2.6431       
     2.6988        4.1265       1.6380       2.5045       
     2.3088        3.6059       1.7160       2.6800       
     2.2152        3.5669       1.2480       2.0095       
     1.5600        2.4236       0.9672       1.5026       
     1.5600        2.4344       1.0608       1.6554       
     3.9000        6.2264       1.2792       2.0422       
     5.0700        7.9432       2.9328       4.5948       
     6.2400        9.7338       3.5100       5.4752       
     6.8328       10.9906       4.4928       7.2267       
    10.5300       16.9575       4.6800       7.5367       

Low 
GBP       USD      Exchange Rate   
1.6064   
1.6136   
1.5290   
1.5618   
1.6102   
1.5536   
1.5605   
1.5965   
1.5667   
1.5599   
1.6085   
1.6104   

 *  The Company’s stock is listed on the AIM where stock prices are in pounds. All shares prices in the table above 

are reflected in dollars after having been converted according to the periods average exchange rates. 

(b) Holders 

43 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
As of March 25, 2014, there were approximately 620 holders of record of our common stock. This figure does not 
take into account those shareholders whose certificates are held in the name of broker-dealers or other nominees. 

44 

 
 
 
 
(c) Dividends 

We  have  never  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  shares,  and  we  do  not  anticipate  that  we  will  pay  any 
dividends with respect to those securities in the foreseeable future. Our current business plan is to retain any future 
earnings to finance the expansion development of our business. 

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plan 

The following table shows information with respect this plan as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Number of 
securities to  
be issued upon  
exercise  
of outstanding  
options,  
warrants and  
rights (a) 

Weighted- 
average  
Exercise price 
of  
outstanding 
options,  
warrants and 
rights (b) 

Number of 
securities 
remaining  
available for  
future issuance  
under equity  
compensation  
plans  
(excluding  
securities  
reflected in  
column (a)) (c) 

—       

—       
—       

—       

—       
—       

—   

—   
—   

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 
security holders 
Equity compensation plans not approved 
by security holders 

Total 

Transfer Agent 

Our transfer agent is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

On December 23, 2013, the Company completed a private placing of depository interests representing 114,072 of its 
common stock, no par value per share to institutional and other investors at a price of 430 pence per share 
(approximately $7.02 per share) 

On December 3, 2013, the Company issued Mr. Thomas Knox 261,997 shares of its common stock pursuant to the 
cashless conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock 

On June 13, 2013, the Company sold 512,820 shares of its common stock for a purchase price of $1,600,000 to 
Chubeworkx. 

Rule 10B-18 Transactions 

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  there  were  no  repurchases  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  by  the 
Company. 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data. 

Not applicable. 

45 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

THE  FOLLOWING  DISCUSSION  OF  OUR  PLAN  OF  OPERATION  AND  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS 
SHOULD  BE  READ  IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH  THE  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  RELATED  NOTES 
TO  THE  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  INCLUDED  ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS  REPORT.  THIS  DISCUSSION 
CONTAINS  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  THAT  RELATE  TO  FUTURE  EVENTS  OR  OUR 
FUTURE  FINANCIAL  PERFORMANCE.  THESE  STATEMENTS  INVOLVE  KNOWN  AND  UNKNOWN 
RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND OTHER FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE OUR ACTUAL RESULTS, LEVELS 
OF  ACTIVITY,  PERFORMANCE  OR  ACHIEVEMENTS  TO  BE  MATERIALLY  DIFFERENT  FROM  ANY 
FUTURE  RESULTS,  LEVELS  OF  ACTIVITY,  PERFORMANCE  OR  ACHIEVEMENTS  EXPRESSED  OR 
IMPLIED  BY  THESE  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.  THESE  RISKS  AND  OTHER  FACTORS 
INCLUDE,  AMONG  OTHERS,  THOSE  LISTED  UNDER  “FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS”  AND 
“RISK FACTORS” AND THOSE INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS REPORT. 

Results of Operations 

Management’s Plans and Basis of Presentation 

To date, the Company has in large part relied on equity financing to fund its operations, raising $676,068 in private 
placements in 2012, $2,345,024 in private placements in 2013 and $13,115,126, net of expenses, in an initial public 
offering  on  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Exchange  in  2014. The  Company  has  experienced  recurring  losses  and  negative 
cash  flows  from  operations,  however,  the  Company’s  performance  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  had 
improved. Management’s strategic plans include the following: 

•  continuing to advance the development and commercialization of the Company’s products, especially those 

that utilize MPC Biosensor, PIFA and seraSTAT technologies; 

•  continuing  to  strengthen  and  forge  domestic  and  international  relationships  with  well-established  sales 
organizations with strong distribution channels in specific target markets for both our currently marketed and 
emerging products; 

•  establishing  clinical  protocols  that  support  regulatory  submissions  and  publication  of  data  within  peer-

reviewed journals; and 

•  continuing to monitor and implement cost control initiatives to conserve cash. 

Despite  our  plans,  the  Company  expects  to  continue  to  incur  losses  from  operations  for  the  near-term  and  these 
losses could be significant for the following reasons: 

• 

• 

some of ABI’s distribution partnerships have been recently established or are in the process of being initiated 
and, therefore, consistent and historical ordering patterns have not been instituted; 

the Company continues to incur expenses related to the initial commercialization and marketing activities for 
METRON  and  VIVO,  and  product  development  (research,  clinical  trials,  regulatory  tasks)  costs  for  its 
emerging products, Breath PulmoHealth “Check” rapid assays and PIFA PLUSS® Infectious Disease point-
of-care tests); and 

• 

to expand the use of its clinical laboratory products, the Company may need to invest in additional marketing 
support programs to increase brand awareness. 

At  December  31,  2013,  ABI  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $103,634  working  capital  of  $1,415,994, 
stockholders’  equity  of  $4,122,234  and  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $81,721,126.  The  Company  believes  that  its 
current working capital position will be sufficient to meet its estimated cash needs for at least 12 months following 
the consummation of this offering. If the Company does not obtain additional capital as needed, the Company would 

46 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
potentially  be  required  to  reduce  the  scope  of  its  research  and  development  activities.  The  Company  is  closely 
monitoring its cash balances, cash needs and expense levels. 

Revenue 

ABI’s  total  revenue  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  totaled  $3,577,851,  a  129%  increase  over  the  same 
period  in  2012.  Revenues  improved  in  both  of  the  major  product  lines,  MPC  products  increased  by  375%,  PIFA 
Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay increased by 1%. Licensing revenues increased by 1,820%. 

The  significant  increase  in  MPC  product  and  licensing  revenues  are  attributable  to  our  world-wide  distribution 
agreement with ChubeWorkx Gurnsey Limited. During the year ended December 31, 2013, ChubeWorkx accounted 
for $1,719,340 of our MPC product revenue and an additional $333,333 in licensing fees. 

Domestic sales growth of the Company’s PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay was relatively flat given the restructuring 
of  the  Company’s  selling  resources  initiated  at  the  start  of  Q1  2013.  The  Company’s  dedicated  technical  sales 
account executives have moved away from a direct selling model to one that works in tandem with over 300 sales 
representatives  of  ABI’s  US  distribution  partners,  Cardinal  Health  (“Cardinal”)  and  Fisher  HealthCare  (“Fisher”). 
This reorganization and need to dedicate time and resources to building relationships with distributor representatives 
hampered 2013 domestic sales growth but has set the stage for an enhanced selling effort in 2014. In addition, the 
Company began shipping its PIFA PLUSS PF4 product line extension to Cardinal in late 2012, but the assay  was 
just added to Fisher’s distribution agreement in January of 2014; this expansion and relationship-building initiative 
have already delivered a measureable increase in product trials and adoptions in the current fiscal year. For the year 
ended  December  31,  2013,  the  aforementioned  domestic  distributors,  Cardinal  and  Fisher,  accounted  for  close  to 
$900,000 of  the  total  PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid  Assay  as  compared  to  $868,000  for  the  same  period  of  2012  and 
individually  represented  64%  and  17%,  and  of  such  sales.  The  remaining  $216,000  in  sales  was  generated  from 
ABI’s direct customers during 2013 as compared to $235,000 in 2012. 

Cost  of  sales  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  increased  by  90%  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2012  to 
$1,913,844  from  $1,007,951  in  2012.  The  rise  in  cost  of  sales  is  attributed  to  the  increased  consumption  of  raw 
materials and other manufacturing components, the use of temporary labor and sub-contractors due to the significant 
increase in Breathalyzer production to meet enhanced sales demand. 

Although the total cost of sales increased, ABI’s gross profit margin improved to 47% for the year ended 2013 as 
compared  to  36%  in  2012.  The  improvement  in  gross  profit  margin  was  derived  from  a  significant  increase  in 
licensing  fees  ($533,333  in  2013  as  compared  to  $27,778  in  2012)  and  an  increase  in  production  volume  which 
allowed us to improve efficiency by producing materials in larger lots, reducing setup, quality assurance testing and 
other production costs associated with the manufacturing process. 

General and Administrative Expenses 

General  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  totaled  $1,524,626,  which  was  a  2% 
increase as compared to $1,493,707 for the year ended 2012. 

Sales and Marketing Expenses 

Sales and marketing expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013, totaled $684,722, which was a 7% increase as 
compared  to  $638,732  for  the  year  ended  2012.  The  increase  was  the  result  of  royalties  and  sales  commissions 
related to the improved Breathalyzer sales and the  restructuring of the commission program  for our internal sales 
staff to reflect their increasing technical involvement with our distributors for the PIFA Heparin/PF4 Rapid Assay 
products. 

Research and Development 

Research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $1,006,800, which was an 11% 
increase as compared to $900,380 for the year ended 2012. This increase was due to expanded development of the 

47 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
PIFA  Heparin/PF4  Rapid  Assay  products  and  the  METRON  single-use  ketone  test  for  the  health  &  wellness 
industries. 

The  following table illustrates research and development costs by project for the  years  ended December 31, 2013 
and 2012, respectively. 

Ascorbic Acid 
Asthma/pH 
BreathScan 
BreathScan Pro 
CHUBE 
COPD 
H/PF4 
HIV 
Ketone/Metron 
Lyophilization 
Malondialdehyde 
PF4 PLUSS 
Tri Cholesterol 
VIVO/FreD 
Total R&D Expenses: 

  $ 

2013 

     2012 
-     $  2,049   
-        18,393   
2,432        20,393   
4,751       
-   
4,751       157,165   
-        93,062   
     376,838        99,782   
-   
     268,960        55,615   
71,916        94,500   
-   
56,965       
     107,493        83,670   
-        2,475   
99,501       273,276   
  $ 1,006,800     $ 900,380   

13,193       

Other Income and Expense 

Other income increased for the year ended December 31, 2013 over the same period in 2012, primarily as a result of 
income  from  two  notable  events.  On  June  13,  2013,  ABI  sold  its  interest  in  (en)10,  the  Company’s  exclusive 
CHUBE  distributor  based  in  the  UK,  to  Chubeworkx  for  $100,000;  a  realized  gain  of  $99,710,  representing  the 
difference between the sale price and carried value of the interest. We have determined that the sale of our interest 
was an independent transaction, unrelated to the extension of the licensing agreement to include North America. 

In  addition,  the  Company  recognized  $91,286  in  other  income  from  the  net  proceeds  gained  from  ABI’s  insurer 
demutualizing  upon  receiving  a  payment  of  such  amount  representing  our  share  of  the  demutualization  as 
determined by the insurer. 

Other items, including interest and other miscellaneous income amounted to $92,942 for the year ended December 
31, 2013 as compared to $10,013 for the year ended December 31, 2012. During 2013, approximately $92,000 in 
old trade payables were reversed and the income recognized as miscellaneous income. 

Income Taxes  

During 2012, the Company was approved by the State of New Jersey to sell a portion of its state tax benefits that 
existed  as  of  December  31,  2011,  pursuant  to  the  Technology  Tax  Certificate  Transfer  Program.  The  Company 
received net proceeds of $167,408 in 2012 as a result of the sale of the tax benefits. The Company did not participate 
in the program during 2013. 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had Federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately 
$47,600,000 and $46,500,000, respectively, expiring through the year ending December 31, 2033. As of December 
31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  had  New  Jersey  state  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  of  approximately 
$8,100,000 and $5,600,000, respectively, expiring the year ending December 31, 2020. 

The principal components of unrecognized deferred tax assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 
and December 31, 2012: 

48 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Deferred Tax Assets  

Reserves and other 
Net operating loss carry-forwards 
Valuation Allowance 
Net 

  Year Ended December 31,   

2013 
844,729     $ 

2012 
921,068   
  $ 
  $ 17,165,809     $ 16,149,472   
  $ (18,010,538 )   $ (17,070,540 ) 
-   
-     $ 
  $ 

The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012  was  18,010,538  and 
$17,070,540. The change in the total valuation for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were increases of 
$939,998  and  $1,108,127.   In  assessing  the  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets,  management  considers  whether  it  is 
more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization 
of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the net 
operating  losses  and  temporary  differences  become  deductible.   Management  considered  projected  future  taxable 
income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  The value of the deferred tax assets was fully offset 
by a valuation allowance, due to the current uncertainty of the future realization of the deferred tax assets. 

The reconciliation of income taxes using the statutory U.S. income tax rate and the benefit from income taxes for the 
years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are as follows. 

Tax Rates & Benefits  

Statutory U.S. Federal Income Tax Rate 
New Jersey State income taxes, net of U.S. 
Federal tax effect 
Change in Valuation Allowance 
Net 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

   Year Ended December 31    

2013 

2012 

(35.00 )%     

(35.00 )% 

(5.9 )%     
40.9 %     
0.00 %     

(6.0 )% 
35.0 % 
(6.0 )% 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company generated a net loss of $1,526,773 and $2,557,820, 
respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  has  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $81,721,126  and 
$80,194,353 and had cash and cash equivalents totaling $103,634 and $633,022, respectively. 

Currently, our primary focus is to expand the domestic and international distribution of our PIFA Heparin/PF4 rapid 
assays  and  support  Chubeworkx  international  distribution  of  its  CHUBE  private-labeled  breath  alcohol  detectors. 
The Company continues initial commercialization tasks for METRON and VIVO, as well as development activities 
for  its  PIFA  PLUSS®  Infectious  Disease  single-use  assays,  Breath  Ketone  “Check”,  and  Breath  PulmoHealth 
“Check” products, including advancement of the steps required for FDA clearance or CE marking in the EU where 
necessary. 

We expect to continue to incur losses from operations for the near-term and these losses could be significant as we 
incur product development, clinical and regulatory activities, contract consulting and other product development and 
commercialization related expenses. We believe that our current working capital position will be sufficient to meet 
our  estimated  cash  needs  for  at  least  12  months  following  the  consummation  of  this  offering.  The  Company  is 
pursuing additional financing opportunities; however, there  can be no assurance that the Company  will be able to 
obtain sufficient additional financing on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. We are closely monitoring our 
cash  balances,  cash  needs  and  expense  levels.  The  accompanying  financial  statements  do  not  include  any 
adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and 
classification of liabilities that might result in the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern. 

49 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
We  expect  that  our  primary  expenditures  will  be  to  continue  development  of  PIFA  PLUSS®  Infectious  Disease 
single-use assays, Breath Ketone “Check” and Breath PulmoHealth “Check” products and enroll patients in clinical 
trials to support performance claims, generate studies in peer-reviewed journals to support product marketing, and 
provide  data  for  the  FDA  510(k)  clearance/CE  certifications  processes  when  required.  We  will  also  continue  to 
support  commercialization  and  marketing  activities  of  in-line  products  (PIFA  Heparin/PF4  rapid  assays,  PIFA 
PLUSS®  PF4,  breath  alcohol  detectors,  METRON  and  VIVO))  in  the  US  and  internationally.  Based  upon  our 
experience, clinical trial and related regulatory expenses can be significant costs. Steps to achieve commercialization 
of emerging products will be an ongoing and evolving process with expected improvements and possible subsequent 
generations being evaluated for commercialized and emerging tests. Should we be unable to achieve FDA clearance 
for products that require such regulatory “approval”, develop performance characteristics for rapid tests that satisfy 
market  needs,  or  generate  sufficient  revenue  from  commercialized  products,  we  would  need  to  rely  on  other 
business or product opportunities to generate revenue and costs that we have incurred for the patents may be deemed 
impaired. 

We  may  consider  entering  into  agreements  with  ISO-certified  contract  manufacturers  which  would  allow  the 
Company to meet the regulatory requirements for product sales in large, international markets (e.g. India). We may 
also  consider  acquisitions  of  development  technologies  or  products,  if  opportunities  arise  that  we  believe  fit  our 
business strategy and would be appropriate from a capital standpoint. 

Capital  expenditures,  primarily  for  production,  laboratory  and  facility  improvement  costs  for  the  year  ending 
December  31,  2014  are  anticipated  to  total  approximately  $250,000.  As  per  the  Company’s  lease  agreement,  the 
owner of the facility will be handling the majority of facility upgrades, and we anticipate financing any production 
and laboratory capital expenditures through working capital. 

The  Company  may  enter  into  generally  short-term  consulting  and  development  agreements  primarily  for  testing 
services and in connection with clinical trials conducted as part of the Company’s development process which may 
include  activities  related  to  the  development  of  technical  files  for  FDA  510(k)  clearance  submissions.  Such 
commitments at any point in time may be significant but the agreements typically contain cancellation provisions. 

We lease our manufacturing facility which also contains our administrative offices. Our current lease was executed 
January 1, 2013 and is effective through December 31, 2019. The Company has leased this property from the current 
owner  since  1997.  Due  to  recent  market  events  that  have  adversely  affected  all  industries  and  the  economy  as  a 
whole, management has placed increased emphasis on monitoring the risks associated with the current environment, 
particularly the recoverability of current assets, the fair value of assets, and the Company’s liquidity. At this point in 
time,  there  has  not  been  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  assets  and  liquidity.  Management  will  continue  to 
monitor the risks associated with the current environment and their impact on the Company’s results. 

Operating Activities 

ABI’s net cash consumed by operating activities totaled $2,730,002 during the year ended December 31, 2013. Cash 
was  consumed  by  the  loss  of  $1,526,773  less  non-operating  gains  of  $282,901  plus  a  non-cash  adjustment  of 
$354,397 for depreciation and amortization of non-current assets. For the year ended December 31, 2013, decreases 
in other receivables and license fees receivables of $450,559 and an increase in trade and other payables of $116,739 
provided cash, primarily related to routine changes in operating activities. A net increase in trade receivables, trade 
receivables  –  related  parties,  inventories  and  other  assets  of  $1,349,809,  a  decrease  in  trade  and  other  payables  – 
related  parties  of  $51,957  and  a  net  decrease  in  legal  settlements  payable  and  deferred  revenue  of  $440,257 
consumed cash from operating activities. 

ABI’s net cash consumed by operating activities was $999,166 during the year ended December 31, 2012. Cash was 
consumed by the loss of $2,557,820, less non-cash expenses of $561,623 for provisions for bad debt,  write-off of 
notes receivable, establishment of an inventory reserve for obsolescence and depreciation and amortization of non-
current  assets.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  decreases  in  trade  and  other  receivables,  and  other  assets 
generated cash of $382,724. There  was a $334,178 increase in inventories in the  year  ended December 31, 2012, 
primarily due to increases in the production of CHUBE breath alcohol tubes. At year-end 2012, there was also an 
increase of $948,485 in trade and other payables, legal settlement liabilities, and deferred revenue. 

50 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Critical Accounting Policies 

We  intend  to  utilize  the  extended  transition  period  provided  in  Securities  Act  Section  7(a)(2)(B)  as  allowed  by 
Section  107(b)(1)  of  the  JOBS  Act  for  the  adoption  of  new  or  revised  accounting  standards  as  applicable  to 
emerging growth companies. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies may delay adopting new or revised 
accounting  standards  that  have  different  effective  dates  for  public  and  private  companies  until  such  time  as  those 
standards  apply  to  private  companies.  We  have  elected  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with 
these new or revised accounting standards. Since we will not be required to comply with new or revised accounting 
standards  on  the  relevant  dates  on  which  adoption  of  such  standards  is  required  for  other  public  companies,  our 
financial  statements  may  not  be  comparable  to  the  financial  statements  of  companies  that  comply  with  public 
company  effective  dates.  If  we  were  to  elect  to  comply  with  these  public  company  effective  dates,  such  election 
would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act. 

The  preparation of financial statements  in conformity  with  accounting principles  generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America  (US  GAAP)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  about  future  events  that 
affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Future  events  and  their  effects 
cannot  be  determined  with  absolute  certainty.  Therefore,  the  determination  of  estimates  requires  the  exercise  of 
judgment.  Actual  results  inevitably  will  differ  from  those  estimates,  and  such  differences  may  be  material  to  the 
financial  statements.  The  most  significant  accounting  estimates  inherent  in  the  preparation  of  our  financial 
statements  include  estimates  associated  with  revenue  recognition,  impairment  analysis  of  intangibles  and  stock-
based compensation. 

The Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows are impacted by the accounting policies the 
Company has adopted. In order to get a full understanding of the Company’s financial statements, one must have a 
clear understanding of the accounting policies employed. A summary of the Company’s critical accounting policies 
follows: 

Trade Receivables, Trade Receivables – Related Party and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: 

The  carrying  amounts  of  current  trade  receivables  is  stated  at  cost,  net  of  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  and 
approximate their fair value given their short term nature. 

The  normal  credit  terms  extended  to  customers  ranges  between  30  and  90  days.  The  Company  reviews  all 
receivables  that  exceed  terms  and  establishes  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  management’s 
assessment  of  the  collectability  of  trade  and  other  receivables.  A  considerable  amount  of  judgment  is  required  in 
assessing the amount of allowance. The Company considers the historical  level of credit losses,  makes judgments 
about  the  credit  worthiness  of  each  customer  based  on  ongoing  credit  evaluations  and  monitors  current  economic 
trends that might impact the level of credit losses in the future. 

Intangible Assets:   

Intangible assets primarily represent legal and filing costs associated with obtaining patents on the Company’s new 
discoveries  or  acquiring  patents  for  diagnostic  technologies  or  tests  that  will  enhance  the  Company’s  product 
portfolio. The Company has developed or acquired several diagnostic tests that can detect the presence of various 
substances  in  a  person’s  breath,  blood,  urine  and  saliva.  Propriety  protection  for  the  Company’s  products, 
technology and process is important to its competitive position. To date, the Company has eleven patents from the 
United States Patent Office in effect (7,896,167, 8,097,171, 7,285,246, 7,837,936, 8,003,061, 8,425,859, 5,565,366, 
5,827,749, D691,056, D691,057 and D691,058). Other patents are in effect in Australia through the Design Registry 
(348,310,  348,311  and  348,312),  the  Community  Trade  Mark  in  the  European  Union  ((OHIM)  002216895-0001, 
002216895-0002 and 002216895-0003) and in Japan (4,885,134 and 4,931,821). Patents are in the national phase of 
prosecution in many PCT participating countries. Additional proprietary technology consists of numerous different 
inventions. The Company intends to file additional patent applications, where appropriate, relating to new products, 
technologies  and  their  use  in  the  U.S.,  European  and  Asian  markets.  Management  intends  to  protect  all  other 
intellectual  property  (e.g.  copyrights,  trademarks  and  trade  secrets)  using  all  legal  remedies  available  to  the 
Company. 

51 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Costs  associated  with  applying  for  patents  are  capitalized  as  patent  costs.  Once  the  patents  are  approved,  the 
respective  costs  are  amortized  over  a  period  of  twelve  to  seventeen  years  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Patent  pending 
costs for patents that are not approved are charged to operations the year the patent is rejected. 

In addition, patents may be purchased from third parties. The costs of acquiring the patent are capitalized as patent 
costs if it represents a future economic benefit to the  Company. Once a patent is acquired it is amortized over its 
remaining life. The Company amortizes these  costs over the  shorter of the legal life of the patent or its estimated 
economic life using the straight-line method. The Company tests intangible assets with finite lives upon significant 
changes in the Company’s business environment. 

The  testing  resulted  in  no  patent  impairment  charges  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012 
respectively. 

Long-Lived Assets: 

Recognition and measurement 

Items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  measured  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  accumulated 
impairment losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. When parts 
of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  have  different  useful  lives,  they  are  accounted  for  as  separate  items 
(major components) of property, plant and equipment. Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and 
equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and 
equipment and are recognized net within “other income” in profit or loss. 

Revenue Recognition 

In accordance with FASB ASC 605, the Company recognizes revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of a customer or 
distributor arrangement exists, (ii) a retailer, distributor or wholesaler receives the goods and acceptance occurs, (iii) 
the price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) the collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured. Subject to these 
criteria, the  Company recognizes revenue  from product sales  when title passes  to the  customer based on shipping 
terms.  The  Company  typically  does  not  accept  returns  nor  offer  charge  backs  or  rebates  except  for  certain 
distributors. Revenue recorded is net of any discount, rebate or sales return. 

License fee revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license agreement. 

When the Company enters into arrangements that contain more than one deliverable, the Company allocates revenue 
to the separate elements under the arrangement based on their relative selling prices in accordance with FASB ASC 
605-25. 

Stock-based Compensation 

FASB  ASC  718,  Share-Based  Payment,  defines  the  fair-value-based  method  of  accounting  for  stock-based 
employee  compensation  plans  and  transactions  used  by  the  Company  to  account  for  its  issuances  of  equity 
instruments  to  record  compensation  cost  for  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans  at  fair  value  as  well  as  to 
acquire  goods  or  services  from  non-employees.  Transactions  in  which  the  Company  issues  stock-based 
compensation to employees, directors and consultants and for goods or services received from non-employees are 
accounted  for  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  issued.  The  Company  utilizes  pricing  models  in 
determining the fair values of options and warrants issued as stock-based compensation. The Black-Scholes model is 
utilized to calculate the fair value of equity instruments. 

52 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

The  Company  has  evaluated  all  recently  issued  and  adopted  accounting  pronouncements  and  believes  such 
pronouncements do not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

Reclassifications 

Certain  prior  period  amounts  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the 
presentation used in 2013. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk 

We  have  limited  exposure  to  market  risks  from  instruments  that  may  impact  the  Balance  Sheets,  Statements  of 
Operations, and Statements of Cash Flows. Such exposure is due primarily to changing interest rates. 

Interest Rates 

The  primary  objective  for  our  investment  activities  is  to  preserve  principal  while  maximizing  yields  without 
significantly  increasing  risk.  This  is  accomplished  by  investing  excess  cash  in  highly  liquid  debt  and  equity 
investments of highly rated entities which are classified as trading securities. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no significant known off balance sheet arrangements. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 

We do not hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in any hedging activities. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

Our financial statements are contained in pages F-1 through F-27 which appear at the end of this Annual Report. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

There have been no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure and Control Procedures 

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our principal 
executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(c) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that information required 
to be disclosed by us in report that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized 
and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms 
and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange 
Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial 
officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

53 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(b) Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial 
reporting  or  an  attestation  report  of  the  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm  due  to  a  transition  period 
established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) 
under  the  Exchange  Act,  during  our  most  recently  completed  fiscal  quarter  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance. 

Executive Officers and Directors 

PART III 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  names,  ages  and  positions  of  all  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  of  the 
Company and the positions they hold as of the date hereof. The directors of the Company serve until their successors 
are elected and shall qualify. Executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of 
the directors. 

Name 
Thomas A. Nicolette(1) 

  Age   
   63    Chief Executive Officer, Director, Principal Financial Officer, 

Position 

Raymond F. Akers, Jr. 
PhD 
Gary M. Rauch 
Tom Knox** 
Brandon Knox** 
Gavin Moran** 

President 

   55    Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, Secretary 

   58    Controller and Treasurer 
   72    Independent Director 
   34    Independent Director 
   43    Independent Director 

1.   On March 7, 2013, the Company was informed that effective March 28, 2013, Mr. Nicolette is resigning from 
his positions as Chief Executive Officer, President and director of the Company, and all other positions to which he 
may have been assigned, regardless of whether he served in such capacity. 

 **  It is intended that these named persons, who will meet the requirements of “independence” under the  pertinent 

NASDAQ rules. 

Set forth below is a brief description of the background and business experience of each of our executive officers 
and directors. 

Thomas A. Nicolette, age 63, has been our President since February 2007 and our Chief Executive Officer since 
April 2008. Mr. Nicolette has been a member of the Board since May 2006. Mr. Nicolette has served as the principal 
of  Nicolette  Consulting  Group  Limited,  a  business  management  consulting  firm,  since  founding  it  in  1984.  From 
1997  through  2012  Mr.  Nicolette  was  the  Corporate  Secretary,  Treasurer  and  director  of  Sentech  EAS  Corp.,  a 
designer  and  manufacturer  of  electronic  security  systems  for  retail,  commercial  and  industrial  firms.  From  2003 
through 2006, Mr. Nicolette was the director of international business development for November AG a developer 
of methods of authentication for anti-counterfeiting based in Germany. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Nicolette served as 
Chairman of Exaqt Sa de CV a manufacturer and installer of electronic security systems. From 2001 through 2003, 
Mr.  Nicolette  served  as  Executive  Director  of  Tri-Mex  Group  Limited,  a  developer  of  monitoring  and  response 
solutions to protect high value or hazardous cargo. Mr, Nicolette served as President, Chief Executive Officer and 

54 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Director of DNA Technologies, Inc., a holder of patented technology providing solutions for counterfeiting, forgery 
and product diversion, from 2000 through 2003. From 1995 through 2001, Mr. Nicolette was the President, Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  director  of  Sentry  Technology  Corporation  which  owned  Knogo  North  America,  Inc.  and 
Video Sentry Corporation, designers and manufacturers of electronic articles surveillance systems and closed circuit 
television  systems  worldwide.  Also,  Mr.  Nicolette  served  as  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  director  of 
Knogo  Corporation,  a  New  York  Stock  Exchange  listed  multi  company  and  purveyor  of  electronic  article 
surveillance, from 1986 through 1994. 

Mr. Nicolette is a graduate of Michigan State University School of Criminal Justice. 

The Company believes that Mr. Nicolette’s experience in management of various public companies, capital raising 
strategy,  financial  planning  and  the  U.S.  markets  will  assist  the  Company’s  development  and  maintenance  of  a 
sound financial strategy going forward. 

Raymond F. Akers Jr., Ph.D., age 55,  has been Executive Chairman of the Board since December 31, 2009 and 
was  appointed  Secretary  on  August  5,  2013.  Dr.  Akers  founded  the  Company  in  1989.  He  has  over  25  years  of 
experience in the diagnostics industry having co-founded Drug Screening Systems, Inc., a publicly listed company, 
in 1987, and Akers Medical Technology Inc. in 1984. He was Chief Executive Officer and vice president of research 
and development of Drug Screening Systems, Inc. until the sale of that company in 1989 and served as President and 
Chief Executive Officer of Akers Medical Technology Inc. until 1987. 

Dr. Akers holds a Ph.D. in Neurochemistry from Northwestern University. Dr. Akers has either invented or directed 
the research and development of all of the Company’s products and technologies. 

The  Company  believes  that  Mr.  Akers  experience  in  assisting  diagnostic  companies  develop  infrastructure; 
including  but  not  limited  to  general  management  and  business  development  will  contribute  to  the  Company’s 
development of its own infrastructure and growth as a public company. 

Gary  M.  Rauch,  age  58,  has  over  35  years  of  experience  in  accounting,  financial  and  information  systems 
consulting, discrete  manufacturing, distribution and administration. Mr. Rauch has been  the Company’s controller 
since March, 2010 and was appointed treasurer on August 5, 2013. Mr. Rauch also founded DataSys Solutions, LLC 
in  2004  and  is  currently  the  managing  member.  DataSys  Solutions  LLC  specializes  in  financial  and  information 
systems  consulting  and  technical  support  services.  From  July,  2002  through  March,  2010,  Mr.  Rauch  was  the 
controller  for  Cold  Star,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  of  dairy  dispensing  equipment  and  a  dairy  products  distributor.  Mr. 
Rauch also worked for six years as consulting manager with Deloitte & Touche providing financial system selection, 
development and implementation services for their small to middle market clients. 

Mr. Rauch has an associate degree from the University of South Carolina. 

Thomas J. Knox, age 72, was appointed to our board of directors effective July 1, 2013. Mr. Knox is currently the 
Chief Executive Officer of Knox Consulting Group, an advisory and investment firm, as well as Chairman of ORB 
Automotive  Corporation,  Ltd.  (appointed  in  2011),  a  company  focused  on  the  development  and  manufacture  of 
various components used in the Chinese automotive industry including adhesives and rubber molds. In May of 2007, 
Mr.  Knox  was  a  candidate  for  Mayor  of  Philadelphia.  From  April  2004  to  April  2006,  Mr.  Knox  was  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  United  Healthcare  of  Pennsylvania,  a  division  of  United  Healthcare,  Inc.,  the  largest  health 
insurance  provider  in  the  world.  From  1999  to  2004,  Mr. Knox  was  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer  of  Fidelity  Insurance  Group,  Inc.,  a  Maryland  and  Pennsylvania  licensed  group  life  and  health  insurance 
provider. From 1988 through June 2000, Mr. Knox was the Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer of 
Crusader Holding Corporation, a NASDAQ listed company which was the owner of a multi-branch bank serving the 
greater  Philadelphia  area.  Mr.  Knox  is  a  Chartered  Life  Underwriter  (CLU)  and  Chartered  Financial  Consultant 
(ChFC),  and  is  active  in  Philadelphia  politics  having  held  the  position  of  Deputy  Mayor  for  the  Office  of 
Management and Productivity from 1993 to 1999. Mr Knox also currently serves as the Chairman of INDECS Corp, 
a  full  service  health  benefit  third  party  administrator  affiliated  with  Aetna  Corporation.  From  1999  through  the 
present, Mr. Knox has been a director of Historic Philadelphia Incorporated. Mr. Knox was a candidate for Governor 
or Pennsylvania from 2008 to 2010. 

55 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  Company  believes  that  Mr.  Knox  extensive  expertise  in  health  care  and  finance  will  assist  the  Company’s 
strategic planning and operations. 

Brandon Knox, age 34, Mr. Knox has been a wealth advisor at Raymond James in Philadelphia since December 
2012. His practice focuses on investment and estate solutions for high net worth families and individuals as well as 
public and private institutions both locally and nationally. Prior to joining Raymond James, Mr. Knox was a wealth 
advisor  at  Morgan  Stanley  from  July  2008  to  October  2012.  From  2006  to  2008,  Mr.  Knox  served  as  Deputy 
Finance Director for the Philadelphia mayoral campaign of his Father, Thomas Knox. In this role he concentrated on 
the  organization  and  management  of  campaign  fundraising  efforts  as  well  as  the  planning  and  execution  of 
campaign  events  and  off-site  functions.  Mr.  Knox  was  a  Leasing  Associate  for  SSH  Realty  in  Philadelphia  from 
2005  to  2007  handling  lease  negotiations  for  both  commercial  tenants  and  landlords.  Mr.  Knox  holds  a  BS  in 
Economics from West Chester University and an MBA in Financial Management from Drexel University. Mr. Knox 
sits on the Board of Directors of The Committee of Seventy and is a member of the Drexel University Presidents 
Leadership Council and the Archdiocese of Philadelphia’s OSD Advisory Council. 

Mr. Knox holds a B.S. in Economics from West Chester University and an M.B.A. in Financial Management from 
Drexel University’s LeBow College of Business. 

The Company believes that Mr. Knox vast experience with corporate finance and financial management will make 
him an ideal board member helping the Company to manage its finances as it continues its growth. 

Gavin  Moran,  age  43,  has  previously  worked  for  Shell  International  as  a  Trader,  rotating  through  different 
departments including Shell chemicals, marketing, finance and International Trading from 1988 to 1995. Mr. Moran 
held  a  trading  role  as  a beneficial  shareholder  at  Trafigura  Ltd,  where  he  was  a  Trading  Manager  based  in  South 
Africa and London with responsibility for all the group’s activities and with joint responsibility for trading activities 
in East Africa and Far East, from 1995 to 2008. Since April 2010, Mr. Moran has held a trading role as a beneficial 
shareholder at Sono International Ltd where he is responsible for the group’s commercial activities, investments and 
strategy. He is based in Ghana and London. 
The  Company  believes  that  the  Mr.  Moran’s  extensive  experience  in  marketing  and  finance  will  assist  the 
Company’s growth strategy and development as a public company. 

Chubeworkx Purchase Agreement/Voting Agreement  

On June 19, 2013, the Company and Chubeworkx entered  into a purchase agreement (the  “Chubeworkx Purchase 
Agreement”) pursuant to which Chubeworkx purchased 512,820 of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate 
purchase  price  of  $1,600,000.  As  further  consideration  to  induce  Chubeworkx  to  enter  into  the  Chubeworkx 
Purchase Agreement, the Company, Chubeworkx and Mr. Tom Knox entered into a voting agreement (the “Voting 
Agreement”) whereby Mr. Knox and Chubeworkx agreed to vote their respective shares pursuant to the terms of the 
Voting Agreement. Amongst other things, 

The Company, Mr. Knox and Chubeworkx agreed as follows: 

(i) to take all other actions necessary to ensure that at all times, (a) the size of the Board shall be a maximum of 
five (5) directors and (b) the Company’s organizational documents specify that each director has equal rights 
to each other director; 

(ii) on  all  matters  relating  to  the  election  of  one  or  more  directors  of  the  Company,  each  of  Mr.  Knox  and 
Chubeworkx  shall  vote  at  regular  or  special  meetings  of  shareholders  and  so  long  as  each  maintains  ten 
percent  (10%)  or  more  of  the  voting  rights  with  respect  to  the  Company  shall  be  entitled  to designate  their 
own directors (each a “Designee and together the “Designees”); and 

56 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   (iii) Mr. Knox shall vote at a regular or special meeting of stockholders (or by written consent) all of the shares 
held by him, and the Company and Mr. Knox shall otherwise take all actions necessary to ensure that at all 
times up to the time which is immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the unanimous approval 
of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company  shall  be  required  for  any  issuance  by  the  Company  of  any  new 
shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company  or  any  instruments  convertible  into  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the 
Company  (including  any  such  issuance  of  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company  in  connection  with  this 
offering, including without limitation voting in favor of any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or 
Bylaws, as necessary. 

The Voting Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect immediately prior to the consummation of 
this offering; provided, however, that the parties thereto acknowledge and agree that the termination of the  Voting 
Agreement shall not occur until after the board of directors of the Company has already granted final approval of 
this offering and the issuance of shares of common stock in connection therewith. 

Pursuant  to  the  Voting  Agreement,  Chubeworkx  was  granted  the  right  to  appoint  one  director  to  the  Company’s 
board.  Chubeworkx  nominated  Gavin  Moran  as  its  representative  on  the  board  and  Mr.  Moran  was  so  appointed 
effective July 1, 2013. 

Family Relationships 

Tom Knox and Brandon Knox are father and son, respectively. There are no other family relationships among any of 
our directors or executive officers. 

Board Composition and Committees and Director Independence  

Our board of directors consists of 4 members: Raymond F. Akers, Jr. PhD, Thomas Knox,  Gavin Moran and Mr. 
Brandon Knox. The directors will serve until our next annual meeting and until their successors are duly elected and 
qualified. The Company defines “independent” as that term is defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ listing 
standards. 

In  making the determination  of  whether a  member of the  board is independent,  our board considers, among other 
things, transactions and relationships between each director and his immediate family and the Company, including 
those reported under the caption “Related Party Transactions”. The purpose of this review is to determine whether 
any such relationships or transactions are material and, therefore, inconsistent with a determination that the directors 
are independent. On the basis of such review and its understanding of such relationships and transactions, our board 
affirmatively determined that Mr. Tom Knox, Mr. Gavin Moran and Mr. Brandon Knox are qualified as independent 
and  that  none  of  them  have  any  material  relationship  with  us  that  might  interfere  with  his  or  her  exercise  of 
independent judgment. 

Board Committees  

The  Company  has  established  an  audit  committee,  a  compensation  committee  and  a  nominating  and  corporate 
governance  committee.  Each  committee  has 
is  available  on  our  website  at 
www.akersbiosciences.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated herein by reference. 

its  own  charter,  which 

Audit Committee  

We have a separately-designated standing Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of 
the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act”). The members of our Audit Committee are Tom Knox, 
Gavin Moran and Brandon Knox. Each of these Committee members is “independent” within the meaning of Rule 
10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. Our board has determined that Tom Knox is 
an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Item  407(d)(5)  of  Regulation  S-K.  Tom  Knox 
serves as Chairman of our Audit Committee. 

57 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  Audit  Committee  oversees  our  accounting  and  financial  reporting  processes  and  oversee  the  audit  of  our 
financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The specific functions of 
this Committee include, but are not limited to: 

• 

selecting and  recommending  to our board of directors the  appointment of an independent registered public 
accounting firm and overseeing the engagement of such firm; 

•  approving the fees to be paid to the independent registered public accounting firm; 

•  helping to ensure the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm; 

•  overseeing the integrity of our financial statements; 

•  preparing an audit committee report as required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; 

• 

• 

resolve any disagreements between management and the auditors regarding financial reporting; 

reviewing  with  management  and  the  independent  auditors  any  correspondence  with  regulators  and  any 
published reports that raise material issues regarding the Company’s accounting policies; 

• 

reviewing and approving all related party transactions; and 

•  overseeing compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. 

Compensation Committee  

T  he  members  of  our  Compensation  Committee  are  Tom  Knox,  Gavin  Moran  and  Brandon  Knox.  Each  such 
member is “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. In addition, each member of our 
Compensation  Committee  qualifies  as  a  “non-employee  director”  under  Rule  16b-3  of  the  Exchange  Act.  Our 
Compensation  Committee  assists  the  board  of  directors  in  the  discharge  of  its  responsibilities  relating  to  the 
compensation  of  the  board  of  directors  and  our  executive  officers.  Tom  Knox  serves  as  Chairman  of  our 
Compensation Committee. 

The Committee’s compensation-related responsibilities include, but are not limited to: 

• 

• 

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives with respect to compensation 
for our Chief Executive Officer; 

reviewing, approving and recommending to our board of directors on an annual basis the evaluation process 
and compensation structure for our other executive officers; 

•  determining the need for an the appropriateness of employment agreements and change in control agreements 
for  each  of  our  executive  officers  and  any  other  officers  recommended  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  or 
board of directors; 

•  providing  oversight  of  management’s  decisions  concerning  the  performance  and  compensation  of  other 

company officers, employees, consultants and advisors; 

• 

• 

reviewing our incentive compensation and other equity-based plans and recommending changes in such plans 
to our board of directors as needed, and exercising all the authority of our board of directors with respect to 
the administration of such plans; 

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of independent directors, including 
incentive and equity-based compensation; and 

58 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
• 

selecting,  retaining  and  terminating  such  compensation  consultants,  outside  counsel  or  other  advisors  as  it 
deems necessary or appropriate. 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee  

The members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Tom Knox, Gavin Moran and Brandon 
Knox. Each such member is “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. The purpose 
of  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  is  to  recommend  to  the  board  nominees  for  election  as 
directors  and  persons  to  be  elected  to  fill  any  vacancies  on  the  board,  develop  and  recommend  a  set  of  corporate 
governance  principles  and  oversee  the  performance  of  the  board.  Mr.  Gavin  Moran  serves  as  Chairman  of  our 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. 

The Committee’s responsibilities include: 

• 

recommending to the board of directors nominees for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders and 
nominees to fill vacancies on the board; 

•  considering  candidates  proposed  by  stockholders  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  in  the  Committee 

charter; 

•  overseeing the administration of the Company’s Code of Ethics; 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing  with  the  entire  board  of  directors,  on  an  annual  basis,  the  requisite  skills  and  criteria  for  board 
candidates and the composition of the board as a whole; 

the authority to retain search firms to assist in identifying board candidates, approve the terms of the search 
firm’s engagement, and cause the Company to pay the engaged search firm’s engagement fee; 

recommending to the board of directors on an annual basis the directors to be appointed to each committee of 
the board of directors; 

•  overseeing an annual self-evaluation of the board of directors and its committees to determine whether it and 

its committees are functioning effectively; and 

•  developing  and  recommending  to  the  board  a  set  of  corporate  governance  guidelines  applicable  to  the 

Company. 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may delegate any of its responsibilities to subcommittees as 
it  deems  appropriate.  The  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  is  authorized  to  retain  independent 
legal and other advisors, and conduct or authorize investigations into any matter within the scope of its duties. 

Code of Ethics  

Our board of directors will adopt a Code of Business Ethics and Conduct (the “Code of Ethics”) which constitutes a 
“code  of  ethics”  as  defined  by  applicable  SEC  rules  and  a  “code  of  conduct”  as  defined  by  applicable  NASDAQ 
rules. We shall require all employees, directors and officers, including our principal executive officer and principal 
financial  officer  to  adhere  to  the  Code  of  Ethics  in  addressing  legal  and  ethical  issues  encountered  in  conducting 
their work. The Code of Ethics requires that these individuals avoid conflicts of interest, comply with all laws and 
other legal requirements, conduct business in an honest and ethical manner and otherwise act with integrity. 

Management-Non-Executive Director Compensation  

Messrs. Thomas Knox and Gavin Moran were appointed to serve as non-executive directors in 2013. 

59 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Currently, no director of the Company receives any cash compensation for their services as such, but in the future 
directors  may  receive  stock  options  pursuant  to  the  Company’s  stock  option  plan  and  grants  of  the  Company’s 
common stock. 

Legal Proceedings 

To the best of our knowledge, during the past ten years, none of the following occurred with respect to our present 
or former director, executive officer, or employee: (1) any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of 
which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years 
prior  to  that  time;  (2)  any  conviction  in  a  criminal  proceeding  or  being  subject  to  a  pending  criminal  proceeding 
(excluding  traffic  violations  and  other  minor  offenses);  (3)  being  subject  to  any  order,  judgment  or  decree,  not 
subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  permanently  or  temporarily 
enjoining,  barring,  suspending  or  otherwise  limiting  his  or  her  involvement  in  any  type  of  business,  securities  or 
banking  activities;  and  (4)  being  found  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  (in  a  civil  action),  the  SEC  or  the 
Commodities Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the 
judgment has not been reversed, suspended or vacated. 

Compliance with Section 16(A) of the Exchange Act 

Section  16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  requires  the  Company’s  directors,  executive  officers  and  persons  who 
beneficially own 10% or more of a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act to file reports 
of beneficial ownership and changes in beneficial ownership with the SEC. Directors, executive officers and greater 
than 10% stockholders are required by the rules and regulations of the SEC to furnish the Company with copies of 
all reports filed by them in compliance with Section 16(a). 

Based  solely  on  our  review  of  certain  reports  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to 
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the reports required to be filed with respect to 
transactions in our common stock during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, were timely. 

Code of Ethics and Business of Conduct 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to our board of directors, our executive 
officers and our employees, outlines the broad principles of ethical business conduct we adopted, covering subject 
areas such as: 

insider trading, 

•  compliance with applicable laws and regulations, 
•  handling of books and records, 
•  public disclosure reporting, 
• 
•  discrimination and harassment, 
•  health and safety, 
•  conflicts of interest, 
•  competition and fair dealing, and 
•  protection of company assets. 

A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available without charge, to any person desiring a copy of the 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, by written request to us at our principal offices at 1090 Fountain Street North, 
Cambridge, Ontario, N3H 4R7. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation. 

The compensation provided to our “named executive officers” for 2013, 2012 and 2011 is set forth in detail in the 
Summary  Compensation  Table  and  other  tables  and  the  accompanying  footnotes  and  narrative  that  follow  this 
section.  This  section  explains  our  executive  compensation  philosophy,  objectives  and  design,  our  compensation-
setting  process,  our  executive  compensation  program  components  and  the  decisions  made  for  compensation  in 
respect of 2012 for each of our named executive officers. 

60 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our named executive officers who appear in the 2013 Summary Compensation Table are: 

Thomas A. Nicolette 

   President and Chief Executive Officer 

Raymond F. Akers, Jr., PhD 

   Executive Chairman, Secretary 

Gary M. Rauch 

   Controller, Treasurer 

Summary Compensation Table  

The following table summarizes information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to, our Chief 
Executive Officer, and our only other most highly compensated executive officers who earned in excess of $100,000 
during 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Cash 
Bonus  
($) 

Stock 
Awards  
($) 

Option 
Awards  
($) 

All Other  
Compensation 
($) 

Yea
r 
201

Salary 
($) 
347,50

Name and Principal Positi
on 
Raymond F. Akers, Jr. 
PhD 

Executive Chairman, 

Secretary 

Thomas A. Nicolette 

Chief Executive Officer, 

President(4) 

Gary M. Rauch, 

Controller, Treasurer 

3       

0       

26,173       

201

350,00

2       

0       

201

345,28

1       

5       

0       

0       

201

3       

201

2       

201

1       

201

3       

201

2       

201

1       

0       

26,173       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

Total 
($) 
381,47
3   
357,80
0   
353,08
5   

361,17
6   
335,00
4   
333,50
6   

(1
) 
7,800 
(1
) 
7,800 
(1
) 
7,800 

(2
) 
335,004 
(2
) 
335,004 
(2
) 
333,506 

(3
) 
67,500 
(3
) 
67,500 
(3
) 
41,700 

    67,500   

    67,500   

    41,700   

 (1) Other compensation for Mr. Akers consisted of a car allowance. 

 (2) Thomas A. Nicolette is not an employee of the Company and is paid a fee pursuant to his consultant agreement. 

Fees paid to Mr. Nicolette are recorded as other compensation. 

 (3) Gary M. Rauch is not an employee of the Company and is paid a fee pursuant to his consultant agreement. Fees 

paid to Mr. Rauch are recorded as other compensation. 

(4) On March 7, 2013, the Company was informed that effective March 28, 2013, Mr. Nicolette is resigning from 
his positions as Chief Executive Officer, President and director of the Company, and all other positions to which he 
may have been assigned, regardless of whether he served in such capacity. 

Compensation-Setting Process/Role of Our Compensation Committee  

During  2013,  our  board  of  directors  was  responsible  for  overseeing  our  executive  compensation  program, 
establishing  our  executive  compensation  philosophy  and  programs,  and  determining  specific  executive 

61 

 
 
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
compensation,  including  cash  and  equity.  Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  discussion  and  analysis  below  is  based  on 
decisions by the board of directors. 

During  2013,  our  board  of  directors  considered  one  or  more  of  the  following  factors  when  setting  executive 
compensation, as further explained in the discussions of each compensation element below: 

• 

the  experiences  and  individual  knowledge  of  the  members  of  our  board  of  directors  regarding  executive 
compensation, as we believe this approach helps us to compete in hiring and retaining the best possible talent 
while at the same time maintaining a reasonable and responsible cost structure; 

62 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
•  corporate  and/or  individual  performance,  as  we  believe  this  encourages  our  executive  officers  to  focus  on 

achieving our business objectives; 

• 

• 

the executive’s existing equity award and stock holdings; and 

internal pay equity of the compensation paid to one executive officer as compared to another — that is, that 
the compensation paid to each executive should reflect the importance of his or her role to the company as 
compared to the roles of the other executive officers, while at the same time providing a certain amount of 
parity to promote teamwork. 

With our transition to being a company listed on NASDAQ, our compensation program following this offering may, 
over time, vary significantly  from our historical practices.  For example,  we expect that  following this offering, in 
setting executive compensation, the new compensation committee may review and consider, in addition to the items 
above,  factors  such  as  the  achievement  of  predefined  milestones,  tax  deductibility  of  compensation,  the  total 
compensation that may become payable to executive officers in various hypothetical scenarios, the performance of 
our common stock and compensation levels at public peer companies. 

Employment Agreements 

Effective  January  12,  2011,  the  Company  and  Mr.  Raymond  F.  Akers  Jr.,  PhD,  our  Executive  Chairman,  entered 
into  a  three  (3)  year  (the  “Term”)  employment  agreement  (the  “Employment  Agreement”).  Mr.  Akers  shall  be 
responsible  for  the  duties  attendant  with  such  position  as  an  executive  officer  of  the  Company  and  is  required  to 
devote all of his  working time, attention and energies to the affairs of the Company and to use his best efforts  to 
promote its best interests. Mr. Akers shall be paid a base salary of $350,000 (the “Base Salary”), payable in intervals 
consistent  with  other  executive  officers  of  the  Company  but  in  no  event  less  than  on  a  monthly  basis.  Mr.  Akers 
shall also be entitled to benefits made available to executive officers of the Company, including, but not limited to, 
participation in incentive compensation plans, pensions and other retirement plans, hospitalization, surgical, dental, 
major  medical  coverage  and  short  and  long  term  disability,  vacation  and  sick  leave.  The  Company  is  required  to 
reimburse  of  all  his  reasonable  and  necessary  travel  including  a  car  allowance,  entertainment  or  other  related 
expenses incurred by him in carrying out his duties and responsibilities under the Employment Agreement. 

In the event that Mr. Akers’s employment is terminated by the Company for cause (as defined below) the Company 
shall  pay  Mr.  Akers  his  unpaid  base  salary  (excluding  bonus  compensation)  through  the  month  in  which  the 
termination occurs. The term “cause” shall mean the entering of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Mr. Akers or 
the conviction of Mr. Akers for a felony or any other criminal act involving moral turpitude. 

In the event that Mr. Akers’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than death, disability 
or  cause  (as  such  terms  are  defined  in  the  Employment  Agreement,  other  than  in  connection  with  a  change  in 
control)  the  Company  shall  pay  Mr.  Akers  a  severance  and  non-competition  payment  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i)  an 
amount  equal  to  the  Base  Salary  for  the  remainder  of  the  Term,  plus  (ii)  an  amount  equal  to  the  Bonus 
Compensation  earned  by  the  Employee  in  respect  of  the  last  full  fiscal  year  immediately  preceding  the  year  of 
termination multiplied by the number of months remaining in the Term divided by twelve. 

Mr. Akers may elect to end his employment with the Company for any reason at any time. Should Mr. Akers end his 
employment with the Company voluntarily prior to the expiration of the Term, he shall be entitled to his unpaid base 
salary  through  the  month  in  which  the  voluntary  termination  occurs.  For  one  year  following  his  resignation  or 
termination,  Mr.  Akers  will  not  work  for  or  provide  any  services  in  any  capacity  to  any  competitor  and  will  not 
solicit any of the Company’s customers or accounts. 

The Compensation  Committee is currently  working on the terms of a new employment  Agreement  for Mr. Akers 
and until such time as the new agreement can be finalized, Mr. Aker continues to work for the Company under the 
terms of his now expired employment agreement. 

63 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consulting Agreements 

Nicolette Consulting Group Limited 

Effective January 12, 2011, the Company and Nicolette Consulting Group Limited (“NGC”) entered into a three (3) 
year (the “Term”) consulting services agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”) whereby Mr. Thomas A. Nicolette, 
Managing Director of NGC, shall serve the  Company in the capacity of Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Nicolette is 
responsible for the duties attendant with his position as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and is required to 
devote all of his  working time, attention and energies to the affairs of the Company and to use his best efforts  to 
promote  its  best  interests.  In  consideration  for  such  services,  NGC  is  paid  a  monthly  fee  (the  “Monthly  Fee”)  of 
$27,916.67.  The  Company  is  required  to  reimburse  NGC  for  all  approved,  reasonable  and  necessary  travel, 
entertainment or other related expenses  up to $10,000 per month (the  “Approved Expenses”) incurred in carrying 
out  duties  and  responsibilities  under  the  Consulting  Agreement.  NGC  must  submit  appropriate,  written,  audit-
worthy documentation to the Company supporting Approved Expenses (including receipts) and the Company must 
authorize the same, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

In the event that NGC or Mr. Nicolette is terminated by the Company for cause (as defined below), the Company is 
required  to  pay  NGC  any  unpaid  Monthly  Fee  or  Approved  Expenses  earned  but  unpaid  through  the  termination 
date. The term “cause” shall mean (a) Mr. Nicolette’s conviction or guilty plea admitting guilt of any felony; (ii) the 
deliberate  engaging  by  NGC  or  Mr.  Nicolette  in  fraud  or  embezzlement  which  is  demonstrably  proven  and 
materially injurious to the Company; or (iii) NGC’s or Mr. Nicolette’s refusal to observe or perform any of the terms 
and provisions of the Consulting Agreement, which refusal remains uncured following thirty (30) days prior written 
notice from the Company. 

In  the  event  that  the  Consulting  Agreement  is  terminated  without  cause  the  Company  shall  pay  NGC  any  unpaid 
Monthly Fee or Approved Expenses earned but unpaid through the termination date. 

The Company, NGC and NGC’s personnel, including Mr. Nicolette, have agreed to indemnify each other from and 
against  any  and  all  claims,  liabilities  losses,  damages,  and  expenses  incurred,  arising  in  connection  with  any 
litigation related to services performed under the Consulting Agreement. 

The  relationship  created  by  the  Consulting  Agreement  is  one  of  an  independent  contractor.  Neither  NGC  nor  its 
personnel,  including  Mr.  Nicolette,  are  entitled  to  any  rights  and  or  benefits  that  the  Company  provides  for  the 
Company’s  employees  (including  any  employee  pension,  health,  vacation  pay,  sick  pay  or  other  fringe  benefits 
offered by the Company under plan or practice) by virtue of the services being rendered by NGC or otherwise. 
During the Term, NGC and Mr. Nicolette shall not provide services to any direct competitor of the Company. 

In March 2014, the Term of the Consulting Agreement was extended through March 28, 2014. 

DataSys Solutions, LLC 

Effective  January  11,  2012,  the  Company  and  DataSys  Solutions,  LLC  (“DS”)  entered  into  a  two  (2)  year  (the 
“Term”) consulting services agreement (the “DS Consulting Agreement”) whereby Mr. Gary M. Rauch, Managing 
Member of DS, shall serve the Company in the capacity of Controller and/or other such positions designated by the 
Company’s CEO. Mr. Rauch is responsible for the duties attendant with his position as Controller of the Company 
and/or  other  such  positions  designated  by  the  Company’s  CEO  and  is  required  to  devote  all  of  his  working  time, 
attention  and  energies  to  the  affairs  of  the  Company  and  to  use  his  best  efforts  to  promote  its  best  interests.  In 
consideration  for  such  services,  DS  is  paid  an  annual  fee  of  $67,500  in  compensation  payable  in  twelve  monthly 
installments of $5,625 for seventeen (17) days per month devoted to the engagement (the “DS Monthly Fee”). The 
Company is required to reimburse DS for all reasonable expenses directly attributable to and incurred in connection 
with the engagement with prior approval by the CEO. 

The  Company  may  terminate  the  DS  Consulting  Agreement  for  cause  (as  defined  below)  by  action  of  its  CEO, 
without notice and without liability. The term “cause” shall mean (a) Mr. Rauch’s conviction, guilty plea, plea of 
nolo contender, or entering into any other plea admitting guilt of any felony; (ii) the deliberate engaging by DS or 
Mr. Rauch in fraud or embezzlement which is demonstrably proven and materially injurious to the Company; or (iii) 

64 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
DS’s or Mr. Rauch’s refusal to observe or perform any of the terms and provisions of the DS Consulting Agreement, 
or services thereunder. 

The Company or DS may terminate the DS Consulting Agreement for any reason without cause, upon ninety (90) 
days advance written notice. 

In the event that the DS Consulting Agreement is terminated without cause the Company shall pay DS any unpaid 
DS Monthly Fee or approved expenses earned but unpaid through the termination date. 

The Company, DS and DS’s personnel, including Mr. Rauch, have agreed to indemnify each other from and against 
any  and  all  claims,  liabilities  losses,  damages,  and  expenses  incurred,  arising  in  connection  with  any  litigation 
related to services performed under the DS Consulting Agreement. 

During the Term, DS and Mr. Rauch shall not provide services to any direct competitor of the Company. 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2013  

There were no outstanding equity awards at Fiscal Year-End 2013. 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

The following sets forth the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the named director by us during the year 
ended December 31, 2013. 

Fees earned or 
paid in cash 
($) 

Stock  
awards 
($) 

Option 
awards 
($) 

Non-equity incentive plan 
compensation 
($) 

Change in pension value and 
nonqualified deferred compensation 
earnings 

All other 
compensation 
($) 

Total 
($) 

Name 

Thomas 
Nicolette(4)      
Raymond 
Akers Jr. 
Gavin 
Moran(1) 
Tom Knox 
(2) 
Brandon 
Knox(3) 

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0       

0   

0   

0   

0   

0   

(1)  Effective July 1, 2013, Mr. Gavin Moran was appointed as Director. 
(2)  Effective July 1, 2013, Mr. Tom Knox was appointed as Director. 
(3)  Effective January 23, 2014, Mr. Brandon Knox was appointed as Director. 
(4)  Effective,  March  28,  2013,  Mr.  Nicolette  is  resigning  from  his  positions  as  Chief  Executive  Officer, 
President  and  director  of  the  Company,  and  all  other  positions  to  which  he  may  have  been  assigned, 
regardless of whether he served in such capacity. 

Item  13.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters. 

The following table sets forth, as of December 30, 2013, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital 
stock by: 

•  each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common 

stock; 

•  each of our named executive officers; 

•  each of our directors; and 

65 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
•  all of our current executive officers and directors as a group. 

Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  according  to  the  rules  of  the  SEC  and  generally  means  that  a  person  has 
beneficial  ownership  of  a  security  if  he,  she  or  it  possesses  sole  or  shared  voting  or  investment  power  of  the 
applicable security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 2014. 
Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons 
named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown 
that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. 

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 4,894,837 shares of our 
common stock issued and outstanding as of March 25, 2014. 

Common stock subject to stock options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 30, 2013, 
are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these securities and the 
percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing 
the percentage of any other person. 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Akers Biosciences, 
Inc., 201 Grove Road, Thorofare, New Jersey USA 08086. 

Voting Rights 
held Prior to 
this Offering     

Percentage of 
Ownership 
as of 

September 30      

Percentage 
Immediately 
following the 
Offering 

Name of Beneficial Owner: 
5% Stockholders: 
Chubeworkx Guernsey Limited(1) 
Act Capital Management, LLLP 
Named Executive Officers and Directors: 
Thomas A. Nicolette 
Raymond F. Akers, Jr. Phd 
Tom Knox 
Brandon Knox 
Gavin Moran 
Gary M. Rauch 
All executive officers and directors as a group (6 
persons) 

512,820       
280,100       

38,464       
—       
358,150       
48,076       
—       
480       

23.66 %     
-        

1.77 %     

16.52 %     
2.22 %     
—        
0.02 %     

445,170       

20.54 %     

10.5 % 
5.7 % 

0.8 % 

7.3 % 
1.0 % 
—   
0.0 % 

9.1 % 

(1)  Mark Chasey is the Chairman of Chubeworkx Guernsey Limited and has beneficial ownership of the 
shares. 

Changes in Control 

We  are  not  aware  of  any  arrangements  that  may  result  in  “changes  in  control”  as  that  term  is  defined  by  the 
provisions of Item 403(c) of Regulation S-K. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

Other than compensation arrangements, the following is a description of transactions to which we were a participant 
or will be a participant to, in which: 

• 

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of 1% of our total assets or $120,000; and 

•  any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the 

immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. 

66 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
         
    
    
        
         
    
    
    
    
        
         
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
On  September 14, 2012, the Company entered into a  Securities Purchase  Agreement (the “Purchase  Agreement”) 
with  Mr.  Thomas  J.  Knox.  Pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreement,  Mr.  Knox  purchased  192,305  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock for a purchase price of $450,000. Additionally, Mr. Knox received 10,000,000 shares of 
the Company’s Series A Cumulative Preferred Stock (the Series A Preferred Stock”) in consideration for a $225,000 
promissory  note  issued  to  the  Company  by  Mr.  Knox.  The  note  bears  interest  at  the  rate  of  3%  per  annum.  The 
Series A Preferred Stock pays a $0.00135 dividend per annum. The Series A Preferred Stock were convertible at any 
time into 320,512 common stock, at the rate of 0.0320512 common stock for each preferred share, for an additional 
payment of $0.05 per converted share. 

On  June  12,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  purchase  agreement  with  Chubeworkx  Guernsey  Limited 
(“Chubeworkx”)  whereby  the  Company  sold  all  of  its  equity  interest,  20  ordinary  shares,  in  (EN)10  (Guersney) 
Limited to Chubeworkx for a purchase price of $100,000. 

On  December  19,  2012,  Chubeworkx  placed  an  order  for  3,500,000  Breathalyzers  for  a  purchase  price  of 
$1,050,000 or $0.30 per unit. Additional orders were received in 2013 totaling 4,620,000 units. As of December 31, 
2013, 5,000,000 units have shipped and 2,500,000 units are packaged awaiting delivery instructions. During 2013, 
the  Company  had  product  sales  of  $1,719,340  to  Chubeworkx  and  recognized  $333,333  of  licensing  fees.  The 
Company  received  $519,964  during  2013  and  has  an  account  receivable  of  $1,209,388  from  Chubeworkx  as  of 
December  31,  2013.  The  Company  received  an  additional  payment  of  $500,000  from  Chubeworkx  on  March  7, 
2014. 

On November 15, 2013, Mr. Knox converted all 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 320,512 shares 
of common stock. In order to satisfy the required one  time payment of $500,000 (the “Purchase Price”) due upon 
conversion as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, Mr. Knox issued a promissory note in favor of the Company for 
the principal aggregate amount of $500,000 (the “2013 Knox Note”). The 2013 Knox Note required payment of the 
principal  in  full  prior  to  maturity  date  of  November  15,  2014  (the  “Maturity  Date”)  with  interest  on  the  unpaid 
principal balance at the rate of the thirty day average LIBOR per annum commencing on November 15, 2013. The 
320,512 shares of common stock were to be held by the  Company as collateral until all amounts owing under the 
2013 Knox Note were paid in full. 

On December 3, 2013 the Company entered into a letter agreement with the Knox whereby the 2013 Knox Note was 
cancelled and the Company issued Mr. Knox 261,997 shares of common stock and cancelled the remaining shares 
issuable to him under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock in full satisfaction of the Purchase Price. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years for professional services 
rendered  by  the  principal  accountant  for  the  audit  of  the  Company's  annual  financial  statements  and  review  of 
financial  statements  included  in  the  Company's  quarterly  reports  or  services  that  are  normally  provided  by  the 
accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years. 

Audit Fees 
Audit-Related Fees 
Tax Fees 
All Other Fees (1) 
TOTAL 

2013 

2012 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

50,340     $ 
39,500     $ 
7,500     $ 
22,900     $ 
120,240     $ 

50,490   
-   
7,800   
-   
58,290   

(1) All other fees includes services performed in association with document reviews during the preparation of the 
Company’s S/1 filing. 

67 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules. 

Exhibit 
Number   

Description of Exhibit 

1.1 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

4.1 

5.1 

10.1  

10.2  

10.3  

10.4  

Form of Underwriting Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on November 18, 
2013). 

Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
August 7, 2013). 

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation dated June 2, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock, dated 
September 21, 2012. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation dated January 22, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Amended and Restated By-laws dated August 5, 2013(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to 
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on August 7, 2013). 

Form of Underwriters’ Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on November 18, 
2013). 

Opinion of Lucosky Brookman LLP (incorporated by reference to exhibit 5.1 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 
30, 2013). 

Employment Agreement, dated January 12, 2011 between Raymond F. Akers, Jr. Phd and Akers 
Biosciences, Inc. and letter of amendment dated August 3, 2013. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Consulting Agreement between Akers Biosciences, Inc. and Nicolette Consulting Group, dated January 
12, 2011(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Consulting Agreement between Akers Biosciences, Inc. and DataSys Solutions, LLC, dated January 1, 
2012. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Amended License and Supply Agreement by and between Akers Biosciences, Inc. and Chubeworkx 
Guernsey Limited (as successor to Sono International Limited) (“Chubeworkx”), (EN)10 (Guernsey) 
Limited (formerly BreathScan International (Guernsey) Limited) and (EN)10 Limited (formerly 
BreathScan International Limited), dated June 12, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on August 7, 2013). 

10.5  

Share Purchase Agreement by and between Akers Biosciences, Inc. and Chubeworkx, dated June 12, 
2013. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013)  

68 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.6  

10.7  

10.8  

10.9  

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

Voting Agreement by and between Akers Biosciences, Inc., Chubeworkx and Thomas J. Knox, dated 
June 12, 2013(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Subscription Agreement by and between Akers Biosciences, Inc. and Chubeworkx, dated June 12, 
2013(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 
S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Subscription Agreement by and between Akers Biosciences, Inc. and Thomas J. Knox, dated September 
14, 2012(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

Promissory Note entered into by Thomas J Knox issued in favor of Akers Biosciences, Inc., dated 
September 14, 2012. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2013). 

License and Supply Agreement by and among the Company, Sono International Limited (“SIL”), 
BreathScan International (Guersney) Limited and BreathScan International Limited, dated June 19, 2012 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-
1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 2013). 

Distribution Agreement by and among the Company and Fisher Healthcare, and Amendment thereto, 
dated June 15, 2010 and May 1, 2012, respectively. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to 
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on October 8, 2013). 

National Brand Distribution Agreement by and among the Company and Cardinal Health 2000, and 
Amendment thereto, dated May 1, 2007 and June 1, 2008, respectively. (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 2013). 

Promissory Note entered into by Thomas J. Knox issued in favor of Akers Biosciences, Inc, dated 
November 15, 2013(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 18, 2013). 

2013 Incentive Stock and Award Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on December 6, 2013). 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee) (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on December 6, 2013). 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Employee) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on December 6, 2013). 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on December 6, 2013). 

Form of Incentive Stock Option (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 
6, 2013).  

Letter Agreement, dated December 3, 2013, by and between the Company and Mr. Tom Knox 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-
1/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2013). 

17.1  

Letter of Resignation from Thomas Nicolette dated March 7, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 17.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 12, 2014). 

31.1*     Certification by the Principal Executive Officer of Registrant pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-

69 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Oxley Act of 2002 (Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)) 

31.2* 

32.1* 

32.2* 

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer of Registrant pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)) 

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

* Filed herewith  

Unless otherwise indicated, exhibits were previously filed with this registration statement. 

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: March 28, 2014 

Date: March 28, 2014 

AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. 

By: 

 /s/ Raymond Akers Jr. 
Name: Raymond Akers Jr. 
Title: Executive Chairman 
       (Principal Executive Officer) 

By: 

 /s/ Raymond Akers Jr 
Name: Raymond Akers Jr. 
      (Principal Financial Officer) 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name 

  Position 

  Date 

/s/ Thomas Nicolette 
Thomas Nicolette 

/s/ Raymond Akers Jr. 
Raymond Akers Jr. 

/s/Thomas Knox 
Thomas Knox 

/s/ Brandon Knox 
Brandon Knox 

/s/ Gavin Moran 
Gavin Moran 

Chief Executive Officer, President 
and Director 

  March 28, 2014 

  Executive Chairman 

  March 28, 2014 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  March 28, 2014 

  March 28, 2014 

  March 28, 2014 

70 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Akers Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Akers  Biosciences,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  (the 
"Company")  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the 
responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated 
financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  The  Company  is  not  required  to 
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included 
consideration  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  a  basis  for  designing  audit  procedures  that  are 
appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such an opinion. An audit includes 
examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit 
also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as 
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
consolidated financial position of Akers Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the 
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

/s/ Morison Cogen LLP 

Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 
March 28, 2014 

F-1 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 

ASSETS 

Current Assets 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Trade Receivables (net) 
Trade Receivables - Related Party 
Other Receivables 
Note Receivable - Related Parties 
License Fee Receivable - Related Party 
Inventories (net) 
Other Current Assets 

Total Current Assets 

Non-Current Assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Intangible assets, net 
Other Assets 

Total Non-Current Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current Liabilities 

Trade and Other Payables 
Other Payables - Related Party 
Short-Term Notes Payable - Related Party 
Deferred Revenue - Related Party 

Total Current Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

EQUITY 

Convertible Preferred Stock, No par value,  50,000,000 shares authorized, 0 and 
10,000,000  shares issued and outstanding as of December  31, 2013 and 2012 

Common Stock, No par value, 500,000,000  shares authorized, 2,167,837 and 
1,278,948  issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013  and 2012 

Accumulated Deficit 

Total Equity 

Total Liabilities and Equity 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

103,634     $ 
118,404       
1,209,388       
748,962       
-       
-       
1,025,104       
163,890       

633,022   
101,213   
10,013   
4,497   
225,000   
450,000   
987,853   
67,898   

3,369,382       

2,479,496   

267,321       
2,434,637       
4,282       

240,014   
2,693,209   
4,572   

2,706,240       

2,937,795   

  $  6,075,622     $  5,417,291   

  $  1,000,413     $  1,082,504   
58,542   
-   
972,222   

6,586       
307,500       
638,889       

1,953,388       

2,113,268   

1,953,388       

2,113,268   

-       

225,000   

     85,843,360        83,273,376   
     (81,721,126 )      (80,194,353 ) 

4,122,234       

3,304,023   

  $  6,075,622     $  5,417,291   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

F-2 

 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Revenues: 

Product Revenue 
Product Revenue - Related party 
License Revenue 
License Revenue - Related party 

Total Revenue 

Cost of Sales: 

Product Cost of Sales 

Gross Profit 

Administrative Expenses 
Administrative Expenses - Related parties 
Sales and Marketing Expenses 
Research and Development Expenses 
Amortization of Non-Current Assets 

Loss from Operations 

Other Income/Expenses 

Foreign Currency Transaction (Income)/Expense 
Gain on sale of equity investment - Related party 
Gain from demutualization of insurance carrier 
Other Income 

Total Other income 

Loss Before Income Taxes 

Income Tax Benefit 

Net Loss 

Basic & diluted loss per common share 

2013 

2012 

  $  1,325,178     $  1,523,650   
12,673   
-   
27,778   
1,564,101   

1,719,340       
200,000       
333,333       
3,577,851       

(1,913,844 )     

(1,007,951 ) 

1,664,007       

556,150   

1,095,950       
428,676       
684,720       
1,006,800       
258,572       

1,009,803   
483,904   
638,732   
900,380   
258,572   

(1,810,711 )     

(2,735,241 ) 

57       
(99,710 )     
(91,286 )     
(92,999 )     
(283,938 )     

(6,859 ) 
-   
-   
(3,154 ) 
(10,013 ) 

(1,526,773 )     

(2,725,228 ) 

-       

167,408   

  $  (1,526,773 )   $  (2,557,820 ) 

  $ 

(0.96 )   $ 

(2.24 ) 

Weighted average basic & diluted common shares outstanding 

1,596,722       

1,143,058   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

F-3 

 
 
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
 
    
        
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity 
Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

   Convertible       
   Preferred 

     Common 

Stock 

Stock 

    Accumulated     
Deficit 

Total 
Equity 

Balance at December 31, 2011 

  $ 

-     $  82,822,308     $  (77,636,533 )   $  5,185,775   

Net loss for the year 

Issuance of shares 

-       

-       

(2,557,820 )     

(2,557,820 ) 

225,000       

451,068       

-       

676,068   

Balance at December 31, 2012 

225,000        83,273,376        (80,194,353 )     

3,304,023   

Net loss for the year 

-       

-       

(1,526,773 )     

(1,526,773 ) 

Conversion of Series A Preferred Shares 
Issuance of shares, net of offering costs 

(225,000 )     
-       

225,000       
2,344,984       

-       
-       

-   
2,344,984   

Balance at December 31, 2013 

  $ 

-     $  85,843,360     $  (81,721,126 )   $  4,122,234   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

F-4 

 
 
  
  
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
      
      
      
  
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net loss for the year 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities: 

Gain from demutualization of insurer 
Gain on sale of equity investment - related party 
Reversal of old trade payables 
Depreciation and amortization of non-current assets 
Provisions for bad debts 
Provision for inventory obsolesence 
Write-off of note receivable 

Changes in assets and liabilities 

(Increase)/Decrease in trade receivables 
(Increase)/decrease in trade receivables - related party 
Decrease in other receivables 
Decrease in license fees receivable - related party 
Increase in inventories 
(Increase)/decrease in other assets 
Increase in trade and other payables 
Increase/(decrease) in other payables - related party 
Increase/(decrease) in legal settlement liabilities 
Increase/(decrease) in deferred revenue - related party 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

(1,526,773 )   $ 

(2,557,820 ) 

(91,286 )     
(99,710 )     
(91,905 )     
354,397       
-       
-       
-       

(17,191 )     
(1,199,375 )     
559       
450,000       
(37,251 )     
(95,992 )     
116,739       
(51,957 )     
(106,924 )     
(333,333 )     

-   
-   
-   
371,676   
9,047   
32,000   
148,900   

95,287   
11,829   
258,939   
-   
(334,178 ) 
16,669   
281,422   
37,917   
106,924   
522,222   

Net cash used in operating activities 

(2,730,002 )     

(999,166 ) 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of equity investment - related party 
Proceeds from demutualization of insurance carrier 

Net cash provided from/(used in) investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from note receivable - related party for Series A Convertible 
Preferred Stock 
Proceeds from short-term note payable - related party 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information 

Non-cash financing activities 
Other receivable for proceeds of London Private Placement 
Issuance of convertible preferred stock for note receivable - related party 
License fee receivable - related party included in deferred revenue - related party 

(123,132 )     
100,000       
91,286       

(11,685 ) 
-   
-   

68,154       

(11,685 ) 

225,000       
307,500       
1,599,960       

-   
-   
451,068   

2,132,460       

451,068   

(529,388 )     
633,022       
103,634     $ 

(559,783 ) 
1,192,805   
633,022   

745,024     $ 
-     $ 
-     $ 

-   
225,000   
450,000   

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

F-5 

 
 
   
  
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 Note 1 – Nature of Business 

(a)  Reporting Entity 

The  accompanying  audited  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  by  Akers  Biosciences,  Inc. 
(“ABI” or the “Company”), a company domiciled in the United States of America. The address of 
the  Company’s  registered  office  is  201  Grove  Road,  West  Deptford,  New  Jersey,  08086.  The 
Company  is  incorporated  in  the  United  States  of  America  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New 
Jersey. 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  two  dormant  subsidiaries,  Akers  Acquisition  Sub, 
Inc.  and  Bout  Time  Marketing  Corporation.  All  material  intercompany  transactions  have  been 
eliminated upon consolidation. 

(b)  Nature of Business 

The  Company  commenced  research  and  development  operations  in  September  1989,  and  until 
2005 had devoted substantially all its efforts to establishing the new business. 

The  Company’s  primary  focus  is  the  development  and  sale  of  disposable  diagnostic  testing 
devices  that  can  be  performed  in  minutes,  to  facilitate  time  sensitive  therapeutic  decisions.  The 
Company’s  main  products  are  a  disposable  breathalyzer  test  that  measures  the  blood  alcohol 
content of the user, a rapid test detecting the antibody causing an allergic reaction to Heparin and a 
disposable  breathalyzer  test  that  measures  Free  Radical  activity  in  the  human  body.  When  the 
Company enters into an agreement with a new distributor it requires an upfront licensing fee to be 
paid for the right to sell the Company’s products in specific markets. 

Note 2 - Basis of Presentation 

(a)  Statement of Compliance 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  are  prepared  in  U.S.  Dollars  and  in 
accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America  (US 
GAAP). 

The Company is an emerging growth company as the term is used in The Jumpstart Our Business 
Startups  Act  enacted  on  April  5,  2012  and  has  elected  to  comply  with  certain  reduced  public 
company reporting requirements. 

(b)  Use of Estimates and Judgments 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  US  GAAP  requires  management  to 
make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and 
the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  income  and  expenses.  Actual  results  may  differ  from 
these  estimates.  Estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis. 
Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised 
and in any future periods affected. In particular, information about significant areas of estimation, 
uncertainty and critical judgments in applying accounting policies that  have the  most significant 
effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements is included in the following notes for 
revenue  recognition,  preferred  stock,  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts,  inventory  write-downs, 
impairment of intangible assets and valuation of share based payments. 

F-6 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(c)  Functional and Presentation Currency 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  Dollars,  which  is  the  Company’s 
functional currency.  All financial  information presented in  U.S. Dollars has been rounded to the 
nearest  dollar.  Foreign  Currency  Transaction  Gains  or  Losses,  resulting  from  loans  and  cash 
balances denominated in Foreign Currencies, are recorded in the statement of operations. 

(d)  Comprehensive Income 

The Company follows Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 
(FASB  ASC)  220  in  reporting  comprehensive  income  (loss).  Comprehensive  income  is  a  more 
inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of certain financial information 
that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. Since the Company has 
no  items  of  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  comprehensive  income  (loss)  is  equal  to  net 
income (loss). 

Note 3 - Significant Accounting Policies 

(a)  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  balances.  The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid 
investments, which include short-term bank deposits (up to 3 months from date of deposit) that are 
not restricted as to withdrawal date or use, to be cash equivalents. Bank overdrafts are shown as 
part of trade and other payables in the balance sheet. 

(b)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and trade 
and other payables. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade 
and  other  payables  approximate  their  fair  value  because  of  their  short  maturities.  The  Company 
believes the carrying amount of its note receivable and notes payable approximates their fair value 
based on rates and other terms. 

(c)  Trade Receivables, Trade Receivables – Related Party and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The carrying amounts of current trade receivables is stated at cost, net of allowance for doubtful 
accounts and approximate their fair value given their short term nature. 

F-7 

 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  normal  credit  terms  extended  to  customers  ranges  between  30  and  90  days.  The  Company 
reviews all receivables that exceed terms and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based 
on  management’s assessment of the collectability of  trade and other receivables.  A considerable 
amount of judgment is required in assessing the amount of allowance. The Company considers the 
historical  level  of  credit  losses,  makes  judgments  about  the  credit  worthiness  of  each  customer 
based on ongoing credit evaluations and monitors current economic trends that might impact the 
level of credit losses in the future. 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, allowances for doubtful accounts were $- and $-. Allowances 
charged for doubtful accounts amounted to $- and $9,047 for the years ended December 31, 2013 
and 2012. 

(d)  Concentration of Credit Risk 

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business primarily related to trade 
receivables and cash and cash equivalents. 

Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  maintained  with  Bank  of 
America, NA. The funds are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum of $250,000, but are otherwise 
unprotected. The Company placed $99,418 and $630,337 with this institution as of December 31, 
2013 and 2012. No losses have been incurred in these accounts. 

Concentration of credit risk  with respect to trade  receivables exists as approximately 85% of  its 
revenue is generated by three customers. These customers accounted for 97% of trade receivables 
as of December 31, 2013. One customer generated 49% of its revenue and accounted for 40% of 
trade  receivables  as  of  December  31,  2012.  In  order  to  limit  such  risks,  the  Company  performs 
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. 

(e)  Inventories 

Inventories are  measured at the  lower of cost or  market. The  cost of  inventories is based on the 
weighted-average  principle,  and  includes  expenditures  incurred  in  acquiring  the  inventories, 
production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location 
and  condition.  In  the  case  of  manufactured  inventories  and  work  in  progress,  costs  include  an 
appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 

(f)  Property, Plant and Equipment 

Items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  measured  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and 
accumulated  impairment  losses.  Costs  include  expenditures  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition of the asset. 

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  determined  by 
comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment 
and are recognized within “other income” in the statement of operations. 

F-8 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Depreciation  is  recognized  in  profit  and  loss  on  the  accelerated  basis  over  the  estimated  useful 
lives of the property, plant and equipment.  Leased assets  are  depreciated over the shorter of the 
lease term or their useful lives. 

The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

Plant and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Computer equipment & software 

Useful Life 
(in years) 
5-12 
5-10 
3-5  

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date. 

(g)  Intangible Assets 

(i)  Patents and Trade Secrets 

The Company has developed or acquired several diagnostic tests that can detect the presence 
of various substances in a person’s breath, blood, urine and saliva. Propriety protection for the 
Company’s products, technology and process is important to its competitive position. To date, 
the  Company  has  eleven  patents  from  the  United  States  Patent  Office  in  effect  (7,896,167, 
8,097,171,  7,285,246,  7,837,936,  8,003,061,  8,425,859,  5,565,366,  5,827,749,  D691,056, 
D691,057 and D691,058). Other patents are in effect in Australia through the Design Registry 
(348,310,  348,311  and  348,312),  the  Community  Trade  Mark  in  the  European  Union 
((OHIM) 002216895-0001, 002216895-0002 and 002216895-0003) and in Japan (4,885,134 
and 4,931,821). Patents are in the national phase of prosecution in many Patent Cooperation 
Treaty  participating  countries.  Additional  proprietary  technology  consists  of  numerous 
different  inventions.  The  Company  intends  to  file  additional  patent  applications,  where 
appropriate,  relating  to  new  products,  technologies  and  their  use  in  the  U.S.,  European  and 
Asian markets. Management intends to protect all other intellectual property (e.g. copyrights, 
trademarks and trade secrets) using all legal remedies available to the Company. 

(ii)  Patent Costs 

Costs associated with applying for patents are capitalized as patent costs. Once the patents are 
approved, the respective costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives (maximum of 17 
years)  on  a  straight-line  basis.  Patent  pending  costs  for  patents  that  are  not  approved  are 
charged to operations the year the patent is rejected. 

In addition, patents may be purchased from third parties. The costs of acquiring the patent are 
capitalized as patent costs if it represents a future economic benefit to the Company. Once a 
patent is acquired it is amortized over its remaining useful life. 

(iii) Other Intangible Assets 

Other  intangible  assets  that  are  acquired  by  the  Company,  which  have  definite  useful  lives, 
are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. 

F-9 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(iv)  Amortization 

Amortization  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of 
intangible  assets,  other  than  goodwill,  from  the  date  that  they  are  available  for  use.  The 
estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

Patents and trademarks 
Customer lists 

(h)  Recoverability of Long Lived Assets 

Useful Life 
(in years) 
12-17 
5  

In accordance with FASB ASC 360-10-35 “Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets”, long-
lived  assets  to  be  held  and  used  are  analyzed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset  may  not be fully recoverable or that 
the useful lives of those assets are no longer appropriate. The Company evaluates at each balance 
sheet date whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate possible impairment. 

The Company determines the existence of such impairment by measuring the expected future cash 
flows  (undiscounted  and  without  interest  charges)  and  comparing  such  amount  to  the  carrying 
amount of the assets. An impairment loss, if one exists, is then measured as the amount by which 
the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the discounted estimated future cash flows. Assets to be 
disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value of such assets less costs 
to  sell.  Asset  impairment  charges  are  recorded  to  reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  the  long-lived 
asset  that  will  be  sold  or  disposed  of  to  their  estimated  fair  values.  Charges  for  the  asset 
impairment reduce the carrying amount of the long-lived assets to their estimated salvage value in 
connection with the decision to dispose of such assets. 

(i)  Revenue Recognition 

In  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  605,  the  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  (i)  persuasive 
evidence of a customer or distributor arrangement exists, (ii) a retailer, distributor or wholesaler 
receives  the  goods  and  acceptance  occurs,  (iii)  the  price  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and  (iv)  the 
collectability  of  the  revenue  is  reasonably  assured.  Subject  to  these  criteria,  the  Company 
recognizes revenue from product sales when title passes to the customer based on shipping terms. 
The Company typically does not accept returns nor offer charge backs or rebates except for certain 
distributors.  Revenue  recorded  is  net  of  any  discount,  rebate  or  sales  return.  No  accrual  for 
estimated sales returns and rebate incentives are necessary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

License fee revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license agreement. 

F-10 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

When the Company enters into arrangements that contain more than one deliverable, the Company 
allocates  revenue  to  the  separate  elements  under  the  arrangement  based  on  their  relative  selling 
prices in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25. 

(j)  Income Taxes 

The Company follows FASB ASC 740 when accounting for income taxes, which requires an asset 
and  liability  approach  to  financial  accounting  and  reporting  for  income  taxes.  Deferred  income 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  computed  annually  for  temporary  differences  between  the  financial 
statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in 
the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences 
are  expected  to  affect  taxable  income.  Valuation  allowances  are  established  when  necessary  to 
reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.  Income tax expense or benefit is 
the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred 
tax assets and liabilities. 

(k)  Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs 

The  Company  charges  actual  shipping  plus  a  handling  fee  to  customers,  which  amounted  to 
$40,714 and $41,738 for December 31, 2013 and 2012. These fees are classified as part of product 
revenue in the statement of operations. Shipping and other related delivery costs, including those 
for  incoming  raw  materials  are  classified  as  part  of  the  cost  of  net  revenue,  which  amounted  to 
$96,187 and $72,305 for December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

During  2013,  the  Company  reclassified  shipping  and  handling  fees  included  in  other  income  of 
$44,892 in the year ended December 31, 2012 to product revenue to match the revenue with the 
related expenses. 

(l)  Research and Development Costs 

In accordance with FASB ASC 730, research and development costs are expensed when incurred. 

(m) Stock-based Payments 

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  under  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC 
718, Compensation—Stock  Compensation,  which  requires  the  measurement  and  recognition  of 
compensation  expense  for  all  stock-based  awards  made  to  employees  and  directors  based  on 
estimated  fair  values  on  the  grant  date.  The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  stock-based 
awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model.  The value of the portion of the award 
that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over shorter of the period over which 
services are to be received or the vesting period. 

F-11 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  awards  to  non-employees  in  accordance 
with FASB ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. Under FASB ASC 505-50, 
the Company determines the fair value of the stock warrants or stock-based compensation awards 
granted  as  either  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  or  the  fair  value  of  the  equity 
instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. 

All issuances of stock warrants or other equity instruments to non-employees as consideration for 
goods or services received by the Company are accounted for based on the fair value of the equity 
instruments  issued.  The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards  on  the  date  of 
grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  model. The  value  of  the  portion  of  the  award  that  is  ultimately 
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the period which services are to be received. 

(n)  Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share of Common Stock 

Basic earnings per common share are based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding 
during the periods presented. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average 
number of common shares plus dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. 
Potential common shares that  would  have the effect of increasing diluted earnings per share are 
considered anti-dilutive, i.e. the exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were greater than 
the market price of the common stock. 

(o)  Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

As of December 31, 2013 and for the year then ended, there were no recently adopted accounting 
pronouncements that had a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

(p)  Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements not Yet Adopted 

As  of  December  31,  2013,  there  are  no  recently  issued  standards  not  yet  adopted  which  would 
have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. 

F-12 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 4 - Note Receivable – Related Parties 

The  note  of  $225,000  was  issued  to  the  Company  in  connection  with  the  subscription  of 
10,000,000 series A convertible preferred stock entered into on September 14, 2012 (Note 12). It 
is due September 14, 2027 and has an interest rate of 3% per annum. For the year ended December 
31, 2013, interest income of $1,054 and $1,997 was recorded. The note was fully settled in cash 
on February 26, 2013 and hence the note is recorded as a receivable instead of being shown as a 
contra account against the preferred stock as of December 31, 2012. 

As of December 31, 2011 BreathScan International Ltd owed the Company $148,900 for products 
related  to  the  licensing  agreement  dated  March  17,  2010. This  note  was  written-off  on  June  19, 
2012  as  part  of  the  3  year  exclusive  License  &  Supply  agreement  with  Chubeworkx  Guernsey 
Limited (as a successor to SONO International Limited)(“Chubeworkx”). 

Note 5 - License Fee Receivable – Related Party 

On  June  19,  2012,  the  Company  entered  into  a  3-year  exclusive  License  &  Supply  Agreement 
with  Chubeworkx  Guernsey  Limited  (as  a  successor 
to  SONO  International  Limited) 
(“Chubeworkx”)  for  the  purchase  and  distribution  of  the  Company’s  proprietary  breathalyzers 
outside North America (Note 15). Chubeworkx  agreed to pay a licensing fee of $1,000,000. The 
final payment of $450,000 was received on March 6, 2013. 

On June 12, 2013, Chubeworkx became a shareholder of the Company (Note 18) 

Note 6 - Inventories 

Inventories at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consists of the following categories: 

Raw Materials 
Sub-Assemblies 
Finished Goods 
Reserve for Obsolescence 

2013 

     2012 

  $  299,464     $ 516,497   
     335,229       464,107   
     422,411        39,249   
(32,000 )      (32,000 ) 
  $ 1,025,104     $ 987,853   

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 $- and $32,000 was charged to cost of goods 
sold for obsolete inventory. 

Certain items in sub-assemblies in 2012 were reclassified to finished goods to conform to the 2013 
presentation. 

F-13 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 7 - Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows: 

Computer Equipment 
Computer Software 
Office Equipment 
Furniture & Fixtures 
Machinery & Equipment 
Molds & Dies 
Leasehold Improvements 

Less 
 Accumulated Depreciation 

2013 

2012 

22,930       
50,049       
29,939       

  $  100,405     $  100,405   
22,930   
50,049   
29,939   
    1,098,503       1,021,061   
     649,647        603,957   
     222,594        222,594   
    2,174,067       2,050,935   

    1,906,746       1,810,921   

  $  267,321     $  240,014   

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  depreciation  expense  was  $95,825  and 
$113,104. 

Note 8 - Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the movements for the years then ended 
are as follows: 

F-14 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

    Distributor &       

   Patents &       Customer 
  Trademarks     Relationships      Totals 

  $  3,851,494     $ 
-       
-       
     3,851,494       

1,270,639     $ 5,122,133   
-   
-       
-   
-       
1,270,639       5,122,133   

899,713       
258,572       
-       
     1,158,285       

1,270,639       2,170,352   
-        258,572   
-   
-       
1,270,639       2,428,924   

Cost or Deemed Cost 

At December 31, 2011 

Additions 
Disposals 

At December 31, 2012 

Accumulated Amortization 
At December 31, 2011 
Amortization Charge 
Disposals 

At December 31, 2012 

Net Book Value 

At December 31, 2011 

     2,951,781       

At December 31, 2012 

     2,693,209       

-       2,951,781   
-       2,693,209   

Cost or Deemed Cost 

At December 31, 2012 

Additions 
Disposals 

At December 31, 2013 

Accumulated Amortization 
At December 31, 2012 
Amortization Charge 
Disposals 

At December 31, 2013 

Net Book Value 

     3,851,494       
-       
-       
     3,851,494       

1,270,639       5,122,133   
-   
-       
-   
-       
1,270,639       5,122,133   

     1,158,285       
258,572       
-       
     1,416,857       

1,270,639       2,428,924   
-        258,572   
-   
-       
1,270,639       2,687,496   

At December 31, 2012 

     2,693,209       

At December 31, 2013 

  $  2,434,637     $ 

-       2,693,209   
-     $ 2,434,637   

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  amortization  expense  was  $258,572  and 
$258,572. 

Note 9 - Trade and Other Payables 

Trade and other payables as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows: 
2013 

2012 

Trade Payables 
Other Payables 
Legal Settlement Payable 

  $  623,157     $  608,836   
     377,256        366,744   
-        106,924   
  $ 1,000,413     $ 1,082,504   

 Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 30 – 60 day terms. 
The  legal  settlement  is  non-interest  bearing  and  has  a  term  of  12  equal  monthly  installments, 
which commended on October 31, 2012. 

F-15 

 
 
   
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The legal settlements payable comprises two arbitration settlements as follows: 

(a)  On January 9, 2012, the Company was notified of an action to recover unpaid royalties for the 
exclusive  use  of  a  patent  used  in  the  production  of  our  MPC  Biosensor  products 
(MicroParticle  Catalyzed  Biosensor).  The  dispute  related  to  the  method  used  to  calculate 
royalty payments and the scope of the products involved for the period dated March 17, 2007 
through March 19, 2012. 

On  April  23,  2012,  the  Company  agreed  to  an  arbitration  settlement  of  $137,791.  The 
settlement  is  to  be  paid  over  12  months,  with  an  initial  payment  of  $50,000  and  11  equal 
payments of $7,981. As of December 31, 2013 the amount due was $-. 

The  Company  recorded  an  amount  of  $131,376  in  Sales  and  Marketing  expenses  in  2011. 
Upon  agreement  of  the  settlement  on  April  23,  2012,  an  additional  amount  of  $6,425  was 
accrued and recorded as Sales and Marketing expenses in 2012. 

(b)  On  January  11,  2012,  the  Company  was  notified  of  a  demand  for  arbitration  from  Trinity 
Biotech Manufacturing Limited related to the distributor agreement between the parties dated 
June 19, 2008. 

On  October  15,  2012,  the  Company  agreed  to  an  arbitration  settlement  of  $118,000.  The 
settlement  is  to  be  paid  over  13  months,  with  an  initial  payment  of  $18,000  and  12  equal 
payments of $8,333. As of December 31, 2013 the amount due was $-. 

The Company recorded $118,000 in Administrative expense in 2012. 

Note 10 - Deferred Revenue – Related Party 

Deferred revenue represents the unearned revenue from the 3-year exclusive License and Supply 
Agreement with Chubeworkx Guernsey Limited (Note 15) for the purchase and distribution of the 
Company’s  proprietary  breathalyzer  that  was  signed  in  June,  2012.  The  first  order  for  the 
proprietary  breathalyzers  was  received  in  December  2012  for  3,500,000  units  and  additional 
orders were received in 2013 totaling 4,620,000 units. As of December 31, 2013, 5,000,000 units 
have shipped and 2,500,000 units are packaged awaiting delivery instructions. The license revenue 
is being recognized monthly on a straight line basis over the 3-year term of the agreement. 

Note 11 - Share-based Payments 

(a)  Stock Warrants 

The Company has issued warrants to various employees, consultants and members of the Board of 
Directors  of  the  Company  for  their  services  either  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  ongoing 
efforts to raise capital or the development of the Company’s products. In addition, the Company 
has granted warrants to lenders in connection with the issuance of debt. Each warrant granted may 
be exchanged for a prescribed number of shares of common stock. The warrants expire March 18, 
2015. 

F-16 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2013 
     Weighted 
     Average 

2012 
     Weighted 
     Average 

  Warrants     Exercise Price     Warrants     Exercise Price   

Outstanding at January 1 
Cancelled during year 
Expired during year 

Outstanding at December 31 

     47,211     $ 
     (44,870 )     
(352 )     
1,989     $ 

48.54        60,031     $ 
-       
46.80       
138.84        (12,820 )     
71.76        47,211     $ 

61.91   
-   
111.15   
48.54   

The Company has adopted two option plans that permit the granting of options to purchase shares 
of common stock. The plans provide for the granting of both incentive stock options (“Incentive 
Stock  Plan”),  as  defined  in  Section  422  of  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Code  (the  “Code”),  and 
options defined by Section 422 of the Code (“Non-qualified options”). 

The  plans  are  administered  by  a  Compensation  Committee,  which  is  appointed  by  the  Board  of 
Directors, who grants all options and determines their terms. Options are non-transferable and are 
only  granted  to  employees,  officers  and  directors,  and  advisors  or  consultants  who  agree  to  be 
employed or to provide services to the  Company for a period of at least one year after the grant 
date. The maximum term of any option under the plans is ten years, and generally vest over three 
years. 

(b)  Stock options 

Qualified option holders may exercise their options at their discretion. Each option granted may be 
exchanged for a prescribed number of shares of common stock. 

Employee's Plan 

2013 

     Weighted 
     Average 

2012 

     Weighted 
     Average 

  Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price   

Outstanding at January 1 
 Forfeited during year 
 Expired during year 
Outstanding at December 31 

     1,579     $ 
-       
     (1,579 )     
-     $ 

42.12        2,860     $ 
-        (1,281 )     
-       
-        1,579     $ 

42.12       

42.12   
42.12   
-   
42.12   

Director's Plan 

2013 

     Weighted 
     Average 

2012 

     Weighted 
     Average 

  Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price   

Outstanding at January 1 
 Cancelled during year 
 Expired during year 
Outstanding at December 31 

352     $ 
(352 )     
-       
-     $ 

312.00        5,639     $ 
-       
312.00       
-        (5,287 )     
352     $ 
-       

69.59   
-   
53.45   
312.00   

The options and warrants issued under the above three plans were  valued using a Black Scholes 
option  pricing  model  on  the  date  of  measurement.  There  were  no  options  or  warrants  granted 
during 2013 or 2012. 

F-17 

 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
      
      
      
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
      
      
      
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
      
      
      
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

A summary of warrants and stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2013 
follows: 

    Outstanding     
     Wgtd  Avg      Wgtd  Avg     
     Exercise      

Life 
     Shares      Remaining      Price 

    Exercisable   
     Wtgt Avg    
     Exercise    

   Low 

     High 

    Shares      Price 

Warrants   $  71.76     $  71.76        1,989       

1.23     $ 

71.76        1,989     $ 

71.76   

Note 12 - Equity 

The  holders  of  common  shares  are  entitled  to  one  vote  per  share  at  meetings  of  the  Company. 
Holders of Series A convertible preferred shares are entitled to five votes per share at meetings of 
the Company. 

At  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  has  an  undeclared  dividend  due  to  series  A 
convertible preferred shareholders in the amount of $15,793 and $3,995. 

On July 7, 2012, the Company issued 641 common shares to an investor for $1,068. 

On  September  14,  2012,  the  Company,  in  a  private  placement  to  an  investor,  issued  192,305 
common shares for $450,000 and 10,000,000 series A convertible preferred shares to an investor 
for  a  promissory  note  of  $225,000  (Note  4).  The  series  A  convertible  preferred  shares  have  the 
following rights: 

Voting Rights. Preferred stockholders have voting rights equal to the number of common 
shares  stockholder  would  own  upon  conversion  of  shares  of  preferred  stock.  The 
preferred stock is convertible into 320,512 shares of common stock. 

Dividends.  The  holders  of  the  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive 
preferential dividends at a rate of $0.00135 per share. Such dividends compound annually 
and are fully cumulative and have priority to any dividends on common stock. 

Liquidation  Preferences.  The  holders  of  the  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to 
receive  liquidation  preferences  for  payment  of  any  dividends  due  the  holders. After 
payment of the liquidation preferences, the remaining assets, if any, are to be distributed 
to the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock and common stock on a pro rata basis. 

Conversion. One share of the Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into five shares 
of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  the  option  of  the  holder.  In  order  to  convert,  the 
holders  of  the  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  must  make  a  one-  time  payment  to  the 
Company of $500,000. 

The Convertible Preferred Stock is recorded as equity in accordance with FASB ASC 480. In 
accordance  with  FASB  ASC  815,  it  was  determined  that  the  conversion  feature  was  not 
required to be bifurcated from the equity host. 

F-18 

 
 
  
  
  
    
      
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
    
  
  
  
    
      
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

On  December  20,  2012  the  Company  increased  its  authorized  number  of  preferred  stock  to 
50,000,000 and its authorized number common stock to 500,000,000 

On June 12, 2013 the Company, in a private placement to ChubeWorkx, issued 512,820 common 
shares for $1,600,000. 

On  August  8,  2013,  the  Company  filed  a  registration  statement  with  the  Security  and  Exchange 
Commission seeking authority to begin trading the Company’s common shares on the NASDAQ 
stock exchange. 

On  November  6,  2013,  the  Company  approved  a  156-to-1  reverse  stock  split  of  the  Company’s 
common shares to raise the price  per share to $10.11 as calculated using the November  6, 2013 
closing  AIM  London  Stock  Exchange  (“LSE”)  market  price  of  £0.0405 or $0.0648  per share  to 
facilitate  the  NASDAQ  initial  public  offering.  All  shares  and  per  share  amounts  in  the 
consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 156-1 reverse 
stock split. 

On November 15, 2013, Thomas Knox executed the conversion of 10,000,000 shares of Series A 
convertible preferred stock to 320,512 shares of common stock (50,000,000 pre-split shares) and 
entered into a promissory note of $500,000 as a basis to provide the required onetime payment due 
upon  conversion  as  set  forth  in  the  subscription  agreement  dated  September  14,  2012.  The 
promissory note requires payment of the principal in full prior to maturity date of November 15, 
2014 (the “Maturity Date”)  with interest on the  unpaid principal balance at the rate  of the  thirty 
day average LIBOR per annum commencing on November 15, 2013. The interest is to be paid in 
one lump sum on or before December 31 of each calendar year. The 320,512 shares of common 
stock  will  be  held  by  the  Company  as  collateral  until  all  amounts  owing  under  this  note  are 
paid.   In the event that Mr. Knox does not pay in full all amounts due and owing under the note 
within  15  business  days  of  the  Maturity  Date  the  Company  has  the  right  to  cancel  the  320,512 
shares of common stock; provided however, the Company provides Mr. Knox no less than thirty 
(30) day  written  notice prior to cancelling the  common stock. Mr. Knox shall have  no less than 
sixty  (60)  days  from  the  date  the  notice  is  received  to  pay  all  amount  due  and  owing  under  the 
note. 

On December 3, 2013, the note receivable received for the conversion of the Series A convertible 
preferred  stock  was  cancelled  in  exchange  of  58,515  shares  of  common  stock  at  the  AIM:LSE 
market  closing  price  of  £5.2250  using  the  exchange  rate  of  $1.6355  or  $8.5455  per  share.  The 
Company  has  recorded  the  receipt  of  the  58,515  shares  as  a  reduction  of  the  issued  and 
outstanding common stock, as the shares were retired upon receipt. 

F-19 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

On  December  23  2013,  the  Company  issued  114,072  common  shares  in  a  private  placement 
offering.  The  transaction  was  recorded  at  the  value  of  the  net  proceeds.  The  proceeds  were 
recorded  in  Other  Receivables  at  December  31,  2013.  The  cash  proceeds  from  the  sale  were 
received on January 2, 2014. The expenses related to this private placement are detailed below: 

Gross Proceeds: 

Broker Commission 
Legal Fees 
Total Expenses 
Net Proceeds: 

$ 

$ 
       800,732   

40,037       
15,672       

55,708   
       745,024   

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company has reserved shares of its common stock as 
follows: 

Reserves for: 
 Convertible Preferred Stock 
 Outstanding Warrants 
 Outstanding Employee Options 
 Outstanding Directors Options 
Total Reserves 

2013 

2012 

1,989       
-       
-       

-        320,512   
47,211   
1,579   
352   
1,989        369,654   

The following is a reconcilement of the movement of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred 
stock (preferred stock) and common stock: 

Authorized 

Issued 

  Preferred      Common       Preferred      Common   
   Stock 
    15,000,000       200,000,000       

     Stock 
-       1,086,002   

     Stock 

Stock 

-       
-       

-       
641   
-       10,000,000        192,305   

-       

-   
    35,000,000       300,000,000       
    50,000,000       500,000,000       10,000,000       1,278,948   

-       

-       

-       

-       (10,000,000 )      320,512   

-       

-        (58,515 ) 

-       
-       
    50,000,000       500,000,000       

-       
-       

-        512,820   
-        114,072   
-       2,167,837   

Balance at December 31, 2011 

Shares Issued: 
July 7, 2012 
September 14, 2012 

Increase in Authorization: 

December 20, 2012 

Balance at December 31, 2012 

Preferred Share Conversion: 

November 15, 2013 

Shares Cancelled: 

December 3, 2013 

Shares Issued: 
June 12, 2013 
December 23, 2013 

Balance at December 31, 2013 

F-20 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
      
    
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 13 - Loss per share 

The calculation of basic and diluted loss per share at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was based on 
the loss attributable to common shareholders of $1,526,773 and $2,557,820. The basic and diluted 
weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  2013  and  2012  was  1,596,722  and 
1,143,058. 

Diluted net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and dilutive 
potential common shares outstanding during the period. 

Potential  common  shares  consist  of  preferred  stocks,  options  and  warrants.  Diluted  net  loss  per 
common share was the same as basic net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 
2013 and 2012 since the effect of preferred stocks, options and warrants would be anti-dilutive due 
to the net loss attributable to the common shareholders for the years. Instruments excluded from 
dilutive earnings per share, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive, were as follows: series 
A convertible preferred stock – nil (2012: 320,512), employee and consulting stock options  – nil 
(2012: 1,931); warrants 1,989 (2012: 47,211). 

Note 14 - Income Tax Expense  

The Company’s income tax benefit is as follows: 

Current 
Deferred 
Change in Valuation Allowance 
Income Tax Benefit 

   Years Ended December 31    

2013 

-     $ 
939,998     $ 
(939,998 )   $ 
-     $ 

2012 

167,408   
1,108,127   
(1,108,127 ) 
167,408   

  $ 

  $ 

During 2012, the Company was approved by the State of New Jersey to sell a portion of its state 
tax  benefits  that  existed  as  of  December  31,  2011,  pursuant  to  the  Technology  Tax  Certificate 
Transfer Program. The Company received net proceeds of $- in 2013 (2012: $167,408) as a result 
of the sale of the tax benefits, which has been included when received as an income tax benefit in 
the consolidated statement of operations. 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had Federal net operating loss carry forwards of 
approximately  $47,600,000  and  $46,500,000,  expiring  through  the  year  ending  December  31, 
2033. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had New Jersey state net operating loss 
carry  forwards  of  approximately  $8,100,000  and  $5,600,000,  expiring  through  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2020. 

F-21 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  principle  components  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  related  valuation  allowances  as  of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows: 

Reserves and other 
Net operating loss carry-forwards 
Valuation Allowance 
Net 

   Years Ended December 31    

2013 

2012 

  $ 

  $ 

844,729     $ 
17,165,809       
(18,010,538 )     
-     $ 

921,068   
16,149,472   
(17,070,540 ) 
-   

The reconciliation of income taxes using the statutory U.S. income tax rate and the benefit from 
income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows: 

Statutory U.S. Federal Income Tax Rate 
New Jersey State income taxes, net of U.S. 
 Federal tax effect 
Change in Valuation Allowance 
Net 

   Years Ended December 31    

2013 

2012 

(35.0 )%     

(35.0 )% 

(5.9 )%     
40.9 %     
(0.0 )%     

(6.0 )% 
35.0 % 
(6.0 )% 

The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012  was 
18,010,538 and $17,070,540. The change in the total valuation for the years ended December 31, 
2013  and  2012  were  increases  of  $939,998  and  $1,108,127.   In  assessing  the  realization  of 
deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or 
all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is 
dependent  upon  the  generation  of  future  taxable  income  during  the  periods  in  which  the  net 
operating losses and temporary differences become deductible.  Management considered projected 
future  taxable  income  and  tax  planning  strategies  in  making  this  assessment.   The  value  of  the 
deferred tax assets was fully offset by a valuation allowance, due to the current uncertainty of the 
future realization of the deferred tax assets. 

The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits 
as additional income taxes  in the  statement of operations.   As of January 1, 2013, the  Company 
had no unrecognized tax benefits and no charge during 2013, and accordingly, the Company did 
not recognize any interest or penalties during 2013 related to unrecognized tax benefits.   There is 
no accrual for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013. 

The  Company  files  U.S.  federal  income  tax  returns  and  a  state  income  tax  returns.   With  few 
exceptions, the U.S. and state income tax returns filed for the tax years ending on December 31, 
2010 and thereafter are subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities. 

F-22 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 15 - Related Party Transactions 

On January 12, 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Nicolette Consulting 
Group  Limited  (NCG)  for  a  period  of  three  years  under  which  the  Company  must  pay  NCG 
$27,917  per  month  in  fees  and  up  to  $10,000  in  reimbursement  for  monthly  expenses  (2013: 
$110,000;  2012:  $100,000)  for  the  services  of  Mr.  Nicolette  as  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer of the  Company. The consulting agreement  was extended through February 11, 2014 on 
December 23, 2013 and extended through March 31, 2014 on March 15, 2014. Mr. Nicolette has 
decided to step down from the Board and resigned from the Company effective March 28, 2014. 
The total amount of consulting fees accrued for NCG as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $- 
and $58,542 and is shown as Other Payables – Related Party in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

On March 17, 2010, in exchange for an exclusive licensing agreement, ABI received a 20 percent 
equity  stake  in  BreathScan  International  Ltd  (BIL).  During  2012,  BreathScan  International 
Limited changed its name to en(10) Guernsey Limited (“en(10)”). Thomas A. Nicolette, President 
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, was also appointed to en(10)’s Board of Directors. 
The equity stake is accounted for using the equity  method of accounting in accordance  with the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification. The equity investment 
was initially recorded at cost, which was nil. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 
no profit or loss is recorded for en(10)’s results as en(10) recorded a net loss and the Company is 
not required to equity account any losses in excess of its carrying value on the books. On June 13, 
2013  the  Company  sold  its  interest  in  en(10)  to  ChubeWorkx  for  $100,000  and  Mr.  Nicolette 
resigned  from  en(10)’s  Board  of  Directors.  A  realized  gain  of  $99,710  is  recognized  for  the 
disposal of the investment in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

On June 19, 2012, the Company entered into a 3 year exclusive License & Supply Agreement with 
Chubeworkx  Guernsey  Limited  (as  successor  to  SONO  International  Limited)  (“Chubeworkx”) 
for  the  purchase  and  distribution  of  ABI’s  proprietary  breathalyzers  outside  North  America. 
Chubeworkx paid a licensing fee of $1,000,000, of which $333,333 and $27,776 was recognized 
as  income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  with  the  deferral  to  be  recognized 
over the remaining term of the agreement (Note 5). 

On June 13, 2013, the Company announced an expansion of the License and Supply Agreement 
with Chubeworkx to include worldwide marketing and distribution of the “Be CHUBE” program 
using the Company’s breathalyzer. 

On June 14, 2013, the Company announced that Chubeworkx has agreed to subscribe for 512,820 
new common shares in the Company for a total price of $1,600,000. The proceeds were received 
by the Company on June 14, 2013. 

F-23 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

In  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  605-25,  Revenue  Recognition,  Multiple-Element  Arrangements, 
since  the  Amended  License  and  Supply  Agreement  with  Chubeworks  was  entered  into 
simultaneously  with  the  sale  of  the  Company’s  20%  interest  in  en(10)  to  Chubeworks  and 
Chubeworks  purchase  of  512,820  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  the  Company 
evaluated  the  separate  agreements  as  a  single  arrangement  with  multiple  deliverables  in 
considering  whether  there  were  one  or  more  units  of  accounting.  The  three  arrangements  were 
considered  to  be  separate  units  of  accounting  since  the  three  transactions  have  value  to 
Chubeworks  on  a  stand-alone  basis  and  the  transactions  were  consummated  with  no  right  of 
return.  The  entire  consideration  of  the  three  arrangements  was  allocated  at  the  inception  of  the 
arrangements  on  the  basis  of  their  relative  selling  price.  The  proceeds  of  $1,600,000  were 
allocated to the sale of the 80 million shares of the Company’s common stock based on third party 
selling price. The third party selling price was based on the selling price of the stock on the AIM 
Market  of  the  London  Stock  Exchange  on  date  of  the  arrangement.  The  Amended  License  and 
Supply agreement was allocated zero value based on the Company’s best estimate of the selling 
price  for  that  deliverable.  This  best  estimate  was  based  on  the  fact  that  the  Company  and 
Chubeworks are in the process of developing an appropriate marketing plan for the region and that 
there  is  no  current  active  market  for  the  Company’s  CHUBE  products  in  the  expanded  region. 
$100,000 of the proceeds were allocated to the sale of the Company’s 20% interest in en(10) based 
on  the  Company’s  best  estimate  of  the  selling  price  for  this  deliverable.  This  best  estimate  was 
based on the negotiation of the sale with Chubeworks. 

On  August  5,  2013,  the  Board  of  Directors  appointed  Gary  M  Rauch,  the  principle  of  DataSys 
Solutions,  LLC  (DS),  as  the  Corporate  Treasurer.  The  Company  entered  into  a  consulting 
agreement  with  DS  on  January  1,  2011,  with  a  term  of  three  years,  under  which  the  Company 
agreed to pay $5,625 per month for Mr. Rauch’s services as Controller of the Company. 

On  December  23,  2013,  the  Company  entered  into  a  short-term  bridge  loan  with  Nicolette 
Consulting Group for $307,500, payable on January 15, 2014 with a 5% per annum interest rate. 
The  transaction  was  recorded  as  a  Short-Term  Notes  Payable  –  Related  Party.  The  loan,  with 
interest amounting to $969, was paid in full on January 15, 2014. 

Trade receivables  – related party for the  years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are amounts 
due from Chubeworkx Guernsey Limited, a major shareholder of the Company of $1,209,388 and 
$10,013. The amount due is non-interest bearing, unsecured and has a term of 90 days generally. 

Product revenue – related parties for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are $1,719,340 
and $12,673 from Chubeworkx Guernsey Limited, a major shareholder of the Company. 

Administrative  expenses  –  related  parties  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  are 
$361,176  and  $335,004  for  Nicolette  Consulting  Group,  $67,500  and  $67,500  for  DataSys 
Solutions and $- and $148,900 for the write-off of the ChubeWorkx note receivable as part of the 
June 2012 licensing agreement. 

F-24 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 16 - Commitments 

The  Company  leases  its  facility  in  West  Deptford,  New  Jersey  under  an  operating  lease  with 
annual rentals of $130,200 plus common area maintenance (CAM) charges. The lease, which took 
effect  on  January  1,  2008,  reduced  the  CAM  charges  allowing  the  Company  to  reach  their  own 
agreements with utilities and other maintenance providers. 

On  January  7,  2013,  the  Company  extended  its  lease  agreement  for  a  term  of  7  years,  expiring 
December 31, 2019. Under the terms of the lease, The Company will pay $132,000 per year. 

Next 12 Months 
Next 13-24 Months 
Next 25-36 Months 
Next 37-48 Months 
Next 49-60 Months 
Thereafter 

$ 
    132,000   
    132,000   
    132,000   
    132,000   
    132,000   
    132,000   

Rent expense, including related CAM charges for the  years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 
were $148,593 and $160,207. 

Note 17 – Major Customers 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  two  customers  each  generated  more  than  10%  of  the 
Company’s revenue. In aggregate, sales to these customers accounted for 79% of the Company’s 
revenue.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  amount  due  from  these  two  customers  was  $1,269,769. 
This  concentration  makes  the  Company  vulnerable  to  a  near-term  severe  impact  should  the 
relationships be terminated. 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, one customer generated more than 10% of the Company’s 
revenue. Sales to this customer accounted for 49% of the Company’s revenue. As of December 31, 
2012, the amount due from the customer was $44,629. 

Note 18 – Major Suppliers 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, three suppliers each accounted for more than 10% of the 
Company’s  purchases.  In  aggregate,  these  suppliers  accounted  for  60%  of  the  Company’s  total 
purchases. As of December 31, 2013, the amount due to these three suppliers was $167,616. This 
makes  the  Company  vulnerable  to  a  near-term  severe  impact  should  the  relationships  be 
terminated. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  one  supplier  accounted  for  more  than  10%  of  the 
Company’s purchases. This supplier accounted for 42% of the Company’s total purchases. As of 
December 31, 2012, the amount due to the supplier was $252,368. 

F-25 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 19 - Other Income 

Other income consists of interest income and other miscellaneous income items. As of December 
31, 2013 and 2012 the earnings were as follows: 

Interest Income 
Miscellaneous Income 

Total: 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

  $ 

1,094     $ 
91,905       
92,999     $ 

2,366   
788   
3,154   

Note 20 – Contingencies 

On  November  7,  2013,  the  Company  received  a  letter  from  the  counsel  of  Rapid  Breath 
Diagnostics,  LLC (“RBD”) alleging, among other things, the  Company entered into a purported 
Authorized  Distributor  and  License  Agreement  with  RBD  which  was  materially  altered  without 
RBD’s  consent.  Additionally,  RBD  claims  that  the  Company  has  violated  certain  intellectual 
property rights of RBD with respect to its Ketone Check and Metron products.  RBD is alleging 
that it has suffered $250,000 in damages and that it has development and ownership of the market 
use of Ketone Check for the management of neurological diseases as well as intellectual property 
rights to the name Metron. The Company informed RBD that the alleged agreement was not fully 
executed,  and  that  the  Company’s  offer  to  enter  into  the  agreement  was  void.  See  Note  21  – 
“Subsequent Events”. 

Note 21 - Subsequent events 

On  January  9,  2014,  the  Company  commenced  a  lawsuit  in  the  United  States  Federal  Court, 
District of New Jersey, against Rapid Breath Diagnostics, LLC and David A. Urman (collectively, 
“the RBD Parties”).  The Complaint requests that the Court declare the rights of the parties with 
respect  to  an  alleged  Distributor  and  License  Agreement  and  to  preliminary  enjoin  the  RBD 
Parties  from  continuing  to  prosecute  an  arbitration  filed  with  the  American  Arbitration 
Association with respect to the same subject matter (“the Arbitration”). Pursuant to stipulation of 
the  parties,  the  Arbitration  has  since  been  discontinued  in  anticipation  of  the  RBD  Parties’ 
agreement to litigate the dispute in the court action. The Company is not able to assess its position 
in the court action in terms of favorable or unfavorable position and intends to vigorously defend 
against any counterclaims, if asserted. 

F-26 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
AKERS BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

On  January  23,  2014  the  Company  completed  its  initial  public  offering  on  the  NASDAQ  stock 
exchange, placing 2,727,000 common shares. The transaction was recorded at the value of the net 
proceeds.  The  cash  proceeds  from  the  sale  were  received  on  January  28,  2014.  The  estimated 
expenses related to this private placement are detailed below: 

Gross Proceeds: 
 Underwriter/Aegis Expenses 
  Underwriter Commission 
  Underwriter Expenses 
  Aegis Legal Fees 
  Aegis Registration Expenses 
  Aegis Miscellaneous Expenses 
  Aegis Road Show Expenses 
 Total 
 Akers Biosciences Expenses 
  Legal & Accounting Expenses 
  Printing & Document Prep 
  Registration Expenses 
  Road Show Expenses 
 Total 
Net Procceds: 

$ 

$ 
        14,998,500   

    1,049,895       
     149,985       
     80,000       
7,500       
     36,775       
     20,000       

         1,344,155   

     393,298       
     60,564       
     55,946       
     29,411       

539,219   
        13,115,126   

On January 23, 2014, upon effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the Securities and 
Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”),  the  Board  of  Directors  appointed  Brandon  Knox  as  a  non-
executive director. 

On  January  23,  2014,  upon  effectiveness  of  the  registration  statement  filed  with  the  SEC,  the 
Company adopted the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which will provide for the issuance 
of  up  to  400,000  shares.  The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to  provide  additional  incentive  to  those 
officers,  employees,  consultants  and  non-employee  directors  of  the  Company  and  its  parents, 
subsidiaries  and  affiliates  whose  contributions  are  essential  to  the  growth  and  success  of  the 
Company’s  business.  The  2013  Plan  may  be  administered  by  the  board  or  a  board-appointed 
committee.  Eligible  recipients  of  option  awards  are  employees,  officers,  consultants  or  directors 
(including non-employee directors) of the Company or of any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the 
Company.  The  board  has  the  authority  to  grant  to  any  eligible  recipient  any  options,  restricted 
stock  or  other  awards  valued  in  whole  or  in  part  by  reference  to,  or  otherwise  based  on,  our 
common stock. 

F-27 

 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
        
    
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF 
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Raymond Akers Jr., certify that: 
1. 

I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Akers Biosciences, Inc.; 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and I are  responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13-a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation of  internal  control 
over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 28, 2014 

By:  /s/  Raymond Akers Jr. 
   Raymond Akers Jr. 
   Principal Executive Officer 
   Akers Biosciences, Inc. 

1 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF 
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Raymond Akers Jr, certify that: 
1. 

I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Akers Biosciences, Inc.; 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13-a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles; 

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in  the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation of  internal  control 
over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 28, 2014 

By:  /s/ Raymond Akers Jr. 
   Raymond Akers Jr. 
   Principal Financial Officer 
   Akers Biosciences, Inc. 

2 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF 
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with this Annual Report of Akers Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December  31,  2013,  as  filed  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof,  I, 
Raymond Akers Jr., Principal Executive Officer of the Company, certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Sec. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1)  Such Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, fully complies with the 

requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended December 31, 
2013,  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the 
Company. 

Date: March 28, 2014   

By:  /s/ Raymond Akers Jr.       
   Raymond Akers Jr. 
   Principal Executive Officer 
Akers Biosciences, Inc. 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF 
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with this Annual Report of Akers Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December  31,  2013,  as  filed  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof,  I, 
Raymond Akers Jr., Principal Financial Officer of the Company, certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 
U.S.C. Sec. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Sec. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1)  Such Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, fully complies with the 

requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information contained in such Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended December 31, 
2013,  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the 
Company. 

Date: March 28, 2014 

4844-3837-5963, v.  1 

By:  /s/ Raymond Akers Jr.     
   Raymond Akers Jr. 

3